Manuals | Car, bike » Acura TLX 2016, owners manual

16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 0 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 California Proposition 65 Warning WARNING: This product contains or emits chemicals known to the state of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. Event Data Recorders The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner. This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in

understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: • How various systems in your vehicle were operating; • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, • How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g, name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired

during a crash investigation. 00X31-TZ3-6100 Service Diagnostic Recorders This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential. California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may apply. See wwwdtsccagov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/ As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a NOTICE symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment. 2016 TLX Owner's Manual BOM02107 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 1 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 A Few Words

About Safety You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms, including: Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility. Safety Labels - on the vehicle. Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION. These signal words mean: To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have provided operating procedures and other information on labels and in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that could hurt you or others. Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You must use your own good judgment. 3DANGER You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don’t follow instructions. 3WARNING You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don’t follow instructions. 3CAUTION You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow

instructions. Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions. Safety Section - such as Safe Driving. Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely. This entire book is filled with important safety information - please read it carefully. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 2 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Contents This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold. This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your particular model. Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover) represent features and equipment that are available on some, but not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these features. 2 Safe Driving P. 27 For Safe Driving P. 28 Seat Belts P. 32 Airbags P. 39 2 Instrument Panel P. 69 Indicators P. 70 Gauges and

Multi-Information Display P. 117 2 Controls P. 137 Clock P. 138 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 139 Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 160 Adjusting the Seats P. 180 2 Features P. 209 Audio System P. 210 Customized Features P. 259 Audio System Basic Operation P. 215 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver P. 277 This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and Canada. 2 Driving P. 317 The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co, Ltd reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation. Before Driving P. 318 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 425 Towing a Trailer P. 323 Refueling P. 426 2 Maintenance P. 431 Before Performing Maintenance P. 432 Maintenance MinderTM P. 435 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 460 Climate Control System Maintenance P. 475 2 Handling the Unexpected P. 481 Tools

P. 482 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 483 Overheating P. 510 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 512 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 524 2 Information P. 527 Specifications P. 528 Emissions Testing P. 535 Identification Numbers P. 532 Warranty Coverages P. 537 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 3 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Contents Child Safety P. 54 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 66 Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 152 Security System P. 155 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 161 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 187 Audio Error Messages P. 250 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 280 Quick Reference Guide P. 4 Safe Driving P. 27 Instrument Panel P. 69 Controls P. 137 Features P. 209 Driving P. 317 Maintenance P. 431 Handling the Unexpected P. 481 Information P. 527 Index P. 542 Safety Labels P. 67 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 158 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 177 Climate Control System P. 199 General

Information on the Audio System P. 255 Compass * P. 314 When Driving P. 324 Fuel Economy P. 429 Braking P. 401 Accessories and Modifications P. 430 Maintenance Under the Hood P. 440 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 462 Cleaning P. 476 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 453 Battery P. 471 Engine Does Not Start P. 502 Fuses P. 517 Refueling P. 525 Jump Starting P. 505 Emergency Towing P. 522 Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 533 Authorized Manuals P. 539 Reporting Safety Defects P. 534 Client Service Information P. 540 Parking Your Vehicle P. 417 Remote Transmitter Care P. 473 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 509 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 523 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 4 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Quick Reference Guide Visual Index Quick Reference Guide ❙ ❙ System Indicators (P70) ❙ Gauges (P117) ❙ Multi-Information Display (P118) (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System OFF) Button (P392) ❙ Lane

Departure Warning (LDW) Button * (P375) ❙ Parking Sensor System Button * (P419) Canadian models ❙ Headlight Washer Button * (P171) ❙ Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button * (P412) Canadian models ❙ Heated Windshield Button * (P173) ❙ Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Button * (P380) ❙ Audio/Information Screen (P222) ❙ Navigation System * () See the Navigation System Manual ❙ Hazard Warning Button ❙ On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM (P216) ❙ Audio System (P210) ❙ Climate Control System (P199) ❙ Rear Window Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button (P173) ❙ ENGINE START/STOP Button (P161) ❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments (P176) ❙ Trunk Release (P152) ❙ Fuel Fill Door Release Button (P427) 4 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 5 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 ❙ Audio Remote Controls (P214) ❙ Brightness Control (P172) ❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P339) Quick Reference Guide ❙ Headlights/Turn

Signals (P164, 165) ❙ Fog Lights * (P168) ❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P339) ❙ Wipers/Washers (P169) ❙ Cruise Control Buttons * (P350) ❙ Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons * (P355) ❙ Right Selector Wheel (P120, 126) ❙ TRIP Button (P121, 123) ❙ Distance Button * (P363) ❙ Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button * (P385) ❙ Horn (Press an area around .) Canadian models ❙ Heated Steering Wheel Button * (P196) ❙ Navigation System Voice Control Buttons * () See the Navigation System Manual ❙ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System Voice Control Buttons (P 280) * Not available on all models 5 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 6 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Visual Index Quick Reference Guide ❙ Memory Buttons (P175) ❙ SET Button (P175) ❙ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Boxes (P519) ❙ Power Window Switches (P158) ❙ Power Door Lock Master Switch (P150) ❙ Door Mirror Controls

(P178) ❙ Driver’s Front Airbag (P42) ❙ Driver’s Knee Airbag (P46) ❙ Rearview Mirror (P177) ❙ Passenger’s Front Airbag (P42) ❙ Accessory Power Socket (P193) ❙ USB Port (P211) ❙ Glove Box (P189) ❙ Electric Parking Brake Switch (P401) ❙ Automatic Brake Hold Button (P405) ❙ Auxiliary Input Jack (P212) ❙ Accessory Power Socket (P193) ❙ Hood Release Handle (P442) 6 ❙ IDS Button (P348) ❙ Shift Button * Electronic Gear Selector (P333) ❙ Shift Lever * Dual Clutch Transmission (P340) ❙ Auto Idle Stop OFF Button * (P344) 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 7 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 ❙ Seat Belts (P32) ❙ Moonroof Switch (P160) Quick Reference Guide ❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P50) ❙ Map Lights (P188) ❙ Grab Handle ❙ Coat Hook (P194) ❙ Map Lights (P188) ❙ Sunglasses Holder (P198) ❙ Sun Visors ❙ Vanity Mirrors ❙ Front Seat (P180) ❙ Side Airbags (P48) ❙ Seat Belt (Installing a

Child Seat) (P61) ❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P63) ❙ Rear Seat (P185) ❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P59) * Not available on all models 7 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 8 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Visual Index Quick Reference Guide ❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P440) ❙ Windshield Wipers (P169, 460) ❙ Power Door Mirrors (P178) ❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P142) ❙ Headlights (P165, 453) ❙ Front Side Marker/Parking Lights (P165, 453) ❙ Front Turn Signal Lights (P164, 454) ❙ Tires (P462, 483) ❙ Fog Lights * (P168, 453) ❙ How to Refuel (P427) ❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P459) ❙ Opening/Closing the Trunk (P153) ❙ Emergency Trunk Release Lever (P154) ❙ Trunk Release Button (P152) ❙ Multi-View Rear Camera (P425) ❙ Rear License Plate Lights (P459) ❙ Back-Up Lights (P458) ❙ Brake/Taillights (P457) ❙ Rear Turn Signal Lights (P456) ❙ Rear Side Marker Lights (P457) ❙ Brake/Taillights (P457)

8 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 9 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Auto Idle Stop Function * At Deceleration Automatic transmission Engine status Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal. Quick Reference Guide To improve fuel economy, the engine stops and then restarts as detailed below. When Auto Idle Stop is on, the Auto Idle Stop indicator (green) comes on. On Stop Keep the brake pedal depressed. Off Start-up Release the brake pedal. Restarting * Not available on all models 9 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 10 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Safe Driving (P 27) Quick Reference Guide Airbags (P 39) Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision. Child Safety (P 54) All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat. Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child

seat. Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat. Exhaust Gas Hazard (P 66) Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate. Seat Belts (P 32) Before Driving Checklist (P 31) Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well back in the seat. Check that your passengers are wearing their seat belts correctly. Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted. Fasten your lap belt as low as possible. 10 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 11 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Instrument Panel (P 69) System Indicators Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator * Blind Spot Information (BSI) Indicator * Electric Power Steering Tachometer (EPS) System Indicator Malfunction Indicator Lamp Low Oil Pressure Indicator SPORT (Sport

mode) Indicator Vehicle Stability Assist Temperature (VSA®) System Indicator Gauge VSA® OFF Indicator Immobilizer System Indicator Gear Position Indicator */ Keyless Access System Indicator Shift Lever Position Charging System Indicator * Indicator System Indicators Automatic Brake Hold Low Tire Pressure/ System Indicator TPMS Indicator U.S Automatic Brake Hold Indicator Canada Electric Parking Brake System Indicator U.S Electric Parking Brake Indicator Canada System Indicators SH-AWD Indicator * Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber) * Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green) * Speedometer ECON (Econ mode) ECON Indicator Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators Supplemental Restraint System Indicator Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator * Multi-Information Display Fuel Gauge Models without full color display System Message Indicator Forward Collision Warning Indicator */Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator * Lane Departure Warning Indicator */Road Departure

Mitigation (RDM) Indicator * Security System Alarm Indicator Quick Reference Guide Gauges (P117)/Display (P118)/System Indicators (P70) Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator U.S Brake System Indicator (Red) Canada U.S Brake System Indicator (Amber) M (sequential mode) Canada Indicator/Sequential Low Fuel Indicator Mode Gear Selection CRUISE MAIN Indicator Indicator * CRUISE CONTROL Indicator * Lights Indicators Seat Belt Reminder Indicator Lights On Indicator Door and Trunk Open Indicator * High Beam Indicator Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS®) * Fog Light Indicator Indicator * * Not available on all models 11 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 12 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Controls (P 137) Quick Reference Guide Clock (P138) You can also adjust the time manually. ENGINE START/STOP Button (P161) Press the button to change the vehicle’s power mode. Turn Signals (P164) Turn Signal Control Lever Right a Enter the Clock

Adjustment screen. 2 Clock (P138) Left b Rotate to change hour, then press . c Rotate press to change minute, then . Lights (P165) Light Control Switches Models with navigation system The navigation system receives signals from GPS satellites, updating the clock automatically. High Beam Low Beam Flashing 12 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 13 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Steering Wheel (P176) (P169) To adjust, push the adjustment lever down, adjust to the desired position, then lock the lever back in place. Wiper/Washer Control Lever MIST OFF AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies automatically INT*2: Low speed with intermittent LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe Pull toward you to spray washer fluid. Trunk (P152) Trunk Release To unlock and open the trunk: Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside Quick Reference Guide Wipers and Washers • Press the trunk release on the driver side control panel. • Press the trunk

release button on the keyless access remote. • Press the trunk release button on the trunk lid. (P149) Adjustment Ring (- : Low Sensitivity*1 : Lower speed, fewer sweeps*2 (+ : High Sensitivity*1 : Higher speed, more sweeps*2 *1:Models with automatic intermittent wipers *2:Models without automatic intermittent wipers Pull either front door inner handle to unlock and open it at the same time. Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors. 13 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 14 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 Power Door Mirrors (P178) Quick Reference Guide With the power mode in ON, move the selector switch to L or R. Push the appropriate edge of the adjustment switch to adjust the mirror. Press the folding button * to fold in and out the door mirrors. Folding Button * Selector Switch 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Power Windows (P158) With the power mode in ON, open and close the power windows. If the power

window lock button is in the off position, each passenger’s window can be opened and closed with its own switch. If the power window lock button is in the on position (indicator on), each passenger’s window switch is disabled. Power Window Lock Button Adjustment Switch Window Switch 14 Indicator 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 15 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Climate Control System (P199) Models with navigation system The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for complete details On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Quick Reference Guide Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system. Press the button to turn the system on or off. Press the button to defrost the windshield. Fan Control Icon A/C (Air Conditioning) and SYNC (Synchronized) Icon Vent Mode Control Icon Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode Icon Driver’s Side Temperature Icon Passenger’s Side Temperature Icon

Driver’s Side Temperature Control Switch Passenger’s Side Temperature Control Switch (On/off) Button AUTO Button (Windshield Defroster) Button Air flows from dashboard vents and back of the center console. Air flows from floor and dashboard vents, and back of the center console. Air flows from floor vents. Air flows from floor and windshield defroster vents. * Not available on all models 15 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 16 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Features (P209) Quick Reference Guide Audio System (P215) Image shown is for models without navigation system. For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual Audio/Information Screen On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM CD Slot (Power) Button VOL (Volume) Knob (CD Eject) Button Audio Source*1 Shortcuts*1 (Tune Down) Icon*1 Presets*1 (Skip/Seek) Icon (Tune Up) Icon*1 More*1 *1 (Skip/Seek) Icon*1 INFO Button PHONE Button BACK Button (Day/Night) Button

*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected. 16 AUDIO Button Interface Dial/ENTER Button MENU Button SETTINGS Button 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 17 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Audio Remote Controls (P214) Quick Reference Guide Left Selector Wheel SOURCE Button SOURCE Button Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/ SiriusXM®/CD/USB/iPod/Bluetooth® Audio/ Pandora® */AhaTM/AUX. Left Selector Wheel Roll to adjust the volume up/down. Radio:Move to a side to change the preset station. Move to a side and hold to select the next or previous strong station. CD/USB device: Move to a side to skip to the beginning of the next song or return to the beginning of the current song. Move to a side and hold to change a folder. * Not available on all models 17 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 18 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Driving (P317) Quick Reference Guide Automatic

Transmission * (P333) Always depress the brake pedal before selecting (P or changing the gear position from (P . Select (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine. Gear selection Gear Position Indicator The gear position indicator and the shift button indicator indicate the current gear selection. Models with full color display Models without full color display Shift Button Indicator Gear Position Indicator Park Press the (P button. Used when parking or before turn off or start the engine. Transmission is locked. Reverse Pull back the (R button. Used when reversing. Neutral Press the (N button. Transmission is not locked. Drive Press the (D button. Used for normal driving. The sequential shift mode can be used 18 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 19 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Paddle Shifters (P339) Shift Down (Paddle Shifter Quick Reference Guide Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual

transmission (1st through 9th). This is useful for engine braking D-paddle shift mode: The Models with full color display transmission will shift back to M Indicator Gear automatic mode once the Position system detects that the vehicle Indicator Selected is cruising. Gear Sequential mode gear selection: Number Holds the selected gear, and the Models without full color display M (sequential mode) indicator comes on, when the Sport+ M Indicator Gear mode is on. Position The sequential mode gear Selected Indicator selection is shown in the Gear Number instrument panel. Shift Up (+ Paddle Shifter * Not available on all models 19 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 20 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Dual Clutch Transmission * (P340) Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine. Quick Reference Guide Shift Lever Park Turn off or start the engine. Transmission is locked. Models with full color display M Indicator Selected

Gear Number Models without full color display Reverse Used when reversing. M Indicator Neutral Transmission is not locked. Selected Gear Number Drive Normal driving. The sequential shift mode can be used. IDS Button Depress the brake pedal and press the release button to move out of (P . Press the release button to move the shift lever. Move the shift lever without pressing the release button. 20 Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual transmission (1st through 8th). This is useful for engine braking Shift Lever Position Indicator Release Button Shifting Paddle Shifters (P343) Shift Down (Paddle Shifter Shift Lever Position Indicator D-paddle shift mode: The transmission will shift back to automatic mode once the system detects that the vehicle is cruising. Sequential shift mode: Holds the selected gear, and the M indicator comes on, when the Sport+ mode is on. The selected gear position is shown in the instrument panel. Shift Up (+ Paddle

Shifter 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 21 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P397, 515) The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering, and helps maintain traction while accelerating on loose or slippery road surfaces. VSA® comes on automatically every time you start the engine. To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep. The TPMS monitors tire pressure. TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine. TPMS fill assist provides audible and visual guidance during tire pressure adjustment. Cruise Control * (P350) a Press the fuel fill Cruise control allows you to maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. To use cruise control, press the CRUISE button, then press the RES/+/SET/– switch down once you have achieved the desired speed (above 25 mph or 40 km/h). Collision

Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button * Refueling (P426) Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline with a pump octane number 91 or higher recommended Fuel tank capacity: 17.2 US gal (65 liters) Quick Reference Guide VSA® OFF Button (P392) door release button. b After refueling, wait Wait for five seconds for about five seconds before removing the filler nozzle. (P412) When a possible collision is likely unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to reduce the vehicle speed and the severity of the collision. To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep. * Not available on all models 21 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 22 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Maintenance (P431) Quick Reference Guide Under the Hood (P440) Check engine oil and engine coolant. Add when necessary Check brake fluid. Check the battery condition monthly. Wiper Blades (P460) Replace blades if they leave streaks

across the windshield. a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the dashboard. b Locate the hood latch lever, slide the lever and lift the hood. c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked in place. 22 Tires (P462) Lights (P453) Inspect tires and wheels regularly. Check tire pressures regularly. Install snow tires for winter driving. Inspect all lights regularly. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 23 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Handling the Unexpected (P481) Engine Won’t Start (P502) Overheating (P510) If the battery is dead, jump start using a booster battery. Park in a safe location. If you do not see steam under the hood, open the hood, and let the engine cool down. Indicators Come On Blown Fuse (P517) Emergency Towing (P522) (P512) Check for a blown fuse if an electrical device does not operate. Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. Vehicles with

optional spare tire Park in a safe location and replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire in the trunk. Identify the indicator and consult the owner’s manual. Quick Reference Guide Flat Tire (P483) Vehicles with tire repair kit Park in a safe location and repair the flat tire using the temporary tire repair kit. 23 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 24 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 What to Do If Quick Reference Guide Canadian models The power mode does not change from VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to ACCESSORY. Why? Models with shift lever The steering wheel may be locked. Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button. The shift lever should be moved to (P . The power mode does not change from ON to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Why? 24 Why does the brake pedal pulsate slightly when applying the brakes? This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a problem. Apply firm, steady

pressure on the brake pedal Never pump the brake pedal. The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle. Why? Check if the childproof lock is in the LOCK position. If so, open the rear door with the outside door handle. To cancel this function, push the lever to the UNLOCK position. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 25 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are relocked automatically for security. Why does the beeper sound when I open the driver’s door? The beeper sounds when: The power mode is in ACCESSORY. The exterior lights are left on. The Auto Idle Stop * is in operation. Why does the beeper sound when I start driving? The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts. Why do I hear a screeching sound when I apply the brake pedal? The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Pressing the

electric parking brake switch does not release the parking brake. Why? Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal depressed. Quick Reference Guide Why do the doors lock after I unlocked the doors using a remote transmitter? * Not available on all models 25 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 26 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Quick Reference Guide Depressing the accelerator pedal does not release the parking brake automatically. Why? Models with electronic gear selector Why does the gear position automatically change to (P when I open the driver's door to check for parking space lines when reversing? Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Is it possible to use unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 87 or lower on this vehicle? 26 Fasten the driver’s seat belt. Check if the transmission is in (P or (N . If so, select any other position. Fasten

the driver’s seat belt. Close the driver's door and manually change the gear position. u When opening the driver’s door (P335) Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 27 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Safe Driving You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual. For Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions . 28 Your Vehicle’s Safety Features. 30 Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts. 32 Fastening a Seat Belt. 35 Seat Belt Inspection. 38 Airbags Airbag System Components. 39 Types of Airbags . 42 Front Airbags (SRS) . 42 Driver’s Knee Airbag . 46 Side Airbags . 48 Side Curtain Airbags . 50 Airbag System

Indicators. 51 Airbag Care . 53 Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers . 54 Safety of Infants and Small Children . 56 Safety of Larger Children . 64 Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas. 66 Safety Labels Label Locations . 67 27 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 28 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 For Safe Driving The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the most important. Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions ■ Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and wear them properly. ■ Restrain all children Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the

front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat Larger children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the belt properly without a booster seat. ■ Be aware of airbag hazards While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and warnings in this manual. ■ Don’t drink and drive Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink. So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either. 28 1Important Safety Precautions Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the driver while driving. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 29

ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions ■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely ■ Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted. Safe Driving Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash. Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to divert some attention away from driving. ■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and

perform all regularly scheduled maintenance. 29 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 30 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features Your Vehicle’s Safety Features 1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features 10 9 Safe Driving Your vehicle is equipped with many features that work together to help protect you and your passengers during a crash. 10 6 11 7 9 7 11 12 8 Safety Cage Crush Zones Seats and Seat-Backs Head Restraints Collapsible Steering Column 6 Seat Belts 7 Front Airbags 8 Knee Airbag 9 Side Airbags 10 Side Curtain Airbags 11 Door Locks 12 Seat Belt Tensioners/Seat Belt e-pretensioners * The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and your passengers. 30 * Not available on all models Some features do not require any action on your part. These include a strong steel framework that forms a safety cage around the passenger compartment, front and rear crush

zones, a collapsible steering column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat belts in a sufficient crash. However, you and your passengers cannot take full advantage of these features unless you remain seated in the correct position and always wear your seat belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to injuries if they are not used properly. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 31 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 ■ Safety Checklist 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 148 • Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash. 1Safety Checklist If the door and trunk open indicator * will come on and a message appears on the multi-information display, a door and/or the trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors

and the trunk tightly until the message disappears. 2 Indicators P. 81, 102 Safe Driving For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items each time before you drive. • After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked. Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door. uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features * 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 180 • Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position. 2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 182 Models with Models without full color full color display display • Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any passengers are properly belted as well. 2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 35 • Protect

children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height and weight. 2 Child Safety P. 54 * Not available on all models 31 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 32 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts Safe Driving Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags. In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including: - frontal impacts - side impacts - rear impacts - rollovers ■ Lap/shoulder seat belts All five seating positions are equipped with

lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to restrain your body. The front passenger’s and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats. 2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 61 32 1About Your Seat Belts 3 WARNING Not wearing a seat belt properly increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash, even though your vehicle has airbags. Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts and wear them properly. Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your risk of serious injury. Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories require you to wear seat belts. The emergency locking retractor may lock if you lean forward too quickly. Slower movements will allow the belt to extend fully without locking.

16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 33 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts ■ Proper use of seat belts 1About Your Seat Belts ■ Seat Belt Reminder 1Seat Belt Reminder Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If the power mode is set to ON before the driver’s seat belt is fastened, the beeper will sound and the indicator will blink. If the driver does not fasten the belt before the beeper stops, the indicator will remain on. Models with Models without full color full color display display If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely. Then refasten the belt. Safe Driving Follow these guidelines for proper use: • All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position for the duration of the trip. Slouching and

leaning reduce the effectiveness of the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. • Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash • Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very seriously injured in a crash. • Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. The beeper will periodically sound and the indicator will blink while driving until the driver’s and front passenger’s seat belts are fastened. Continued The indicator will also come on if a front passenger does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after the power mode is set to ON. When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat, the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not

sound. The indicator also may not come on and the beeper may not sound when the occupant is not heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants (e.g, infants and smaller children) should be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will injure or kill them. 2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 54 33 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 34 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts ■ Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners Safe Driving The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety. The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to inflate the front airbags or the driver’s knee airbag. ■ Seat Belt e-pretensioners * Are the motor-powered pretensioners that start to retract the front seat belts when the CMBSTM, brake assist system, or VSA® system is in

operation. They may also activate when you steer the vehicle hard, or the vehicle is impacted. After retracted, the seat belts are slackened to their original positions. As convenient features, the e-pretensioners slightly retract the seat belts when you latch the seat belt buckle, depress the brake pedal more aggressively than you normally do, or make a sharp turn, and fully retract when you release the seat belt buckle. 34 * Not available on all models 1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners The seat belt tensioners can only operate once. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in a subsequent crash. During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates. 1Seat Belt e-pretensioners * If only the e-pretensioners were activated, no components need to be replaced. The e-pretensioners may not work if: • A warning

message for e-pretensioners appears on multi-information display. • Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System Indicator is on. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 35 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Fastening a Seat Belt After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well back in the seat: 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 180 1. Pull the seat belt out slowly Correct Seated Posture. No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat belt or one that does not appear to be working correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working properly may not protect the occupant in a crash. Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible. Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or retractor mechanism. Safe Driving Pull out slowly. 1Fastening a Seat Belt 2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is secure. u Make sure that the belt is

not twisted or caught on anything. Latch Plate Buckle Models with CMBSTM When you or the front passenger insert the latch plate into the buckle, the front seat belt retracts automatically. 2 Seat Belt e-pretensioners * P. 34 * Not available on all models Continued 35 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 36 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe Driving Lap belt as low as possible 3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as possible across your hips, then pull up on the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic bones take the force of a crash and reduces the chance of internal injuries. 4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to remove any slack, then check that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. This spreads the forces of a crash over the strongest bones in your upper body. ■ Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor The front

seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter occupants. 1. Move the anchor up and down while holding the release button. 2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. Push 36 1Fastening a Seat Belt 3 WARNING Improperly positioning the seat belts can cause serious injury or death in a crash. Make sure all seat belts are properly positioned before driving. To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted completely. When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of the way and will not get caught by closing the door. 1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height one level at a time. After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder anchor position is secure. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 37 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 ■ Advice for Pregnant Women Wear the shoulder belt across the chest avoiding the abdomen. 1Advice for Pregnant Women Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is okay for you to drive. To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front airbag: • When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far back as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. • When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust the seat as far back as possible. Safe Driving If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips. uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Wear the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips. 37 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 38 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuSeat

BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection Seat Belt Inspection Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows: Safe Driving • Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. • Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily. u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents Make sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract. Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper protection and should be replaced as soon as possible. A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after any collision. 38 1Seat Belt Inspection 3 WARNING Not checking or maintaining seat belts can result in serious injury or death if the seat belts do not work properly when needed. Check your seat belts

regularly and have any problem corrected as soon as possible. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 39 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Airbags Airbag System Components 11 10 9 8 Safe Driving 9 6 13 9 7 9 12 6 9 9 Continued 39 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 40 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components Safe Driving The front, driver’s knee, front side, and side curtain airbags are deployed according to the direction and severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover. The airbag system includes: i Impact sensors that can detect a monitors and can record information about the sensors, the airbag activators, the seat belt tensioners, and driver and front passenger seat belt use when the power mode is in ON. moderate-to-severe front or side impact. j An indicator on the dashboard that alerts f Automatic front seat belt tensioners. The

k An indicator on the instrument panel that driver’s and front passenger’s seat belts incorporate sensors that detect whether or not they are fastened. alerts you to a possible problem with your airbag system or seat belt tensioners. you that the front passenger’s front airbag has been turned off. a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored in the center of the steering wheel; the front passenger’s airbag is stored in the dashboard. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG. b Driver’s knee airbag. The knee airbag is Models with CMBSTM l Safing Sensor The front seat belt tensioners also include the e-pretensioners. m A rollover sensor that detects whether stored under the steering column. It is marked SRS AIRBAG. g A driver’s seat position sensor. If the seat c Two side airbags, one for the driver and is too far forward, the airbag will inflate with less force. one for a front passenger. The airbags are stored in the outer edges

of the seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG d Two side curtain airbags, one for each side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored in the ceiling, above the side windows. The front and rear pillars are marked SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG. 40 e An electronic control unit that continually h Weight sensors in the front passenger’s seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be turned off if the weight on the seat is 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant or small child). the vehicle is about to roll over. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 41 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 ■ Important Facts About Your Airbags What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as possible. 1Important Facts About Your Airbags Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags.

Together, airbags and seat belts provide the best protection. When driving, keep hands and arms out of the deployment path of the front airbag by holding each side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over the airbag cover. Safe Driving Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises, and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly. uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags deploy. Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates. Do not attach or place

objects on the front and driver’s knee airbag covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate. 41 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 42 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags Types of Airbags Safe Driving Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags: • Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats. • Driver’s knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column. • Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs. • Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows. Each is discussed in the following pages. Front Airbags (SRS) The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates

that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary restraint system. ■ Housing Locations The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG 42 1Types of Airbags The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is in ON. After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion process of the inflator material and is not harmful. People with respiratory problems may experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. 1Front Airbags (SRS) Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags (SRS) Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiplethreshold front airbags (SRS). During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate at different rates, depending on the

severity of the crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/ or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts to help reduce the likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal crashes. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 43 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) ■ Operation Safe Driving Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions. When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate. A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall. ■ How the Front Airbags Work 1How the Front Airbags Work While your seat belt restrains your torso, the front airbag provides supplemental protection for your head and chest. The front airbags deflate immediately so that

they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility or the ability to steer or operate other controls. Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags normally inflate within a split second of each other, it is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold that determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by the airbag would be minimal. The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them. Continued 43 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 44 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) ■ When front airbags should not deploy Safe Driving 44 Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and help save

lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash. Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle. Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed to deploy in such collisions. Rollovers: Seat belts, and in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags, and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a rollover. ■ When

front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. ■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 45 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) ■

Advanced Airbags 1Advanced Airbags Driver’s Seat Position Sensor If the seat is too far forward, the airbag inflates with less force, regardless of the severity of the impact. The passenger’s advanced front airbag system has weight sensors. Passenger’s Seat Weight Sensors Although we recommend against carrying an infant or small child in front, if the sensors detect the weight of a child (up to about 65 lbs or 29 kg), the system will automatically turn off the passenger’s front airbag. If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the driver’s seating position. For both advanced front airbags to work properly: • Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats. • Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat. • Make sure any objects are positioned properly on the floor. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.

• All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat belts properly. • Do not place any cover over the passenger side dashboard. Safe Driving Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related injuries to smaller occupants. The driver’s advanced front airbag system includes a seat position sensor. Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger's seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors. 2 Floor Mats P. 477 45 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 46 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag Driver’s Knee Airbag The driver’s knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by the vehicles other safety features. Safe Driving SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag

is designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary restraint system. ■ Housing Locations The driver’s knee airbag is housed under the steering column for the driver. The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG. Housing Location ■ Operation When inflated When the driver’s front airbag inflates, the driver’s knee airbag also inflates. Even if the collision is not severe enough to deploy the front airbag, the knee airbag may inflate alone. Knee Airbag 46 1Driver’s Knee Airbag Do not attach accessories on or near the driver’s knee airbag. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbag, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 47 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag ■ When driver’s knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage ■ When driver’s knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage Safe

Driving Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed. 47 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 48 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAirbagsuSide Airbags Side Airbags The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger during a

moderate-to-severe side impact. Safe Driving ■ Housing Locations The side airbags are housed in the outside edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG. Housing Location ■ Operation When inflated Side Airbag 48 When the sensors detect a moderate-tosevere side impact, the control unit signals the side airbag on the impact side to immediately inflate. 1Side Airbags Make sure you and your front passenger always sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can prevent the airbag from deploying properly and increases your risk of serious injury. Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates. If the impact is on the passenger side, the airbag deploys even if there is no passenger in the front passenger seat. Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers without consulting a dealer. Improperly replacing or covering front

seat-back covers can prevent your side airbags from properly deploying during a side impact. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 49 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAirbagsuSide Airbags ■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage ■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears severe It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed. Safe Driving Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors

detected a severe enough impact to deploy the airbag. 49 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 50 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags Side Curtain Airbags Safe Driving The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly rollover crashes. ■ Housing Locations The side curtain airbags are located in the ceiling above the side windows on both sides of the vehicle. 1Side Curtain Airbags If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt tensioners. If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the passenger’s side curtain airbag

will inflate even if there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle. To get the best protection from the side curtain airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts properly and sit upright and well back in their seats. Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation of the side curtain airbags. Side Curtain Airbag Storage ■ Operation The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side impact. Deployed Side Curtain Airbag 50 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 51 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators ■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision Airbag System Indicators 1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a message appears on the multi-information display. ■ Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)

Indicator ■ When the power mode is set to ON The indicator comes on for a few seconds, then goes off. This tells you the system is working properly. Models with full color display 3 WARNING Safe Driving One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal collision. In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags. Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in serious injury or death if the airbag systems or tensioners do not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts you to a possible problem. Models without full color display If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed. Continued 51 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 52 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators ■ Passenger Airbag Off Indicator U.S Canada ■ When the passenger airbag off Safe Driving indicator comes on The indicator comes on to alert you that the passenger’s front airbag has been turned off. This occurs when the front passenger’s weight sensors detect 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant or small child, on the seat. Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. 1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult riding there, something may be interfering with the weight sensors, such as: • An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back pocket. • A child seat or other object pressing against the rear of the seat-back. • A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger’s seat. • The front seat or seat-back is forced back against an object

on the seat or floor behind it. • An object placed under the front passenger’s seat. 2 Child Safety P. 54 Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on. If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy and the indicator will not come on. 52 If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible. The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 53 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAirbagsuAirbag Care Airbag Care You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle inspected by a dealer in the following situations: If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced. Similarly, once an

automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be replaced. We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag system components, including the airbag, tensioners, sensors, and control unit. Safe Driving ■ When the airbags have deployed 1Airbag Care ■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash. ■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer This would likely disable the driver’s seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura dealer. For US vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 800-382-2238 and for Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1888-9-ACURA-9. 53 16

ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 54 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under. Safe Driving To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle. Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: • An inflating front or side airbag can injure or kill a child sitting in the front seat. • A child in the front seat is more likely to interfere with the driver’s ability to safely control the vehicle. • Statistics show that children of all sizes and ages are safer when they are properly restrained in a rear seat. 54 1Protecting Child

Passengers 3 WARNING Children who are unrestrained or improperly restrained can be seriously injured or killed in a crash. Any child too small for a seat belt should be properly restrained in a child seat. A larger child should be properly restrained with a seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that all children ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws restricting where children may ride. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 55 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 • Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system. • Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would likely

press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries. • Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very seriously injured in a crash. • Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments. • Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly. 1Protecting Child Passengers 3 WARNING Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or wrap one around their neck can result in serious injury or death. Instruct children not to play with any seat belt and make sure any unused seat belt a child can reach is buckled, fully retracted, and locked. Safe Driving • Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the event of a collision. uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat

belt to wind up all the way. To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning labels on the dashboard (U.S models) and on the front visors. Please read and follow the instructions on these labels. 2 Safety Labels P. 67 55 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 56 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safety of Infants and Small Children ■ Protecting Infants Safe Driving An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is at least one year old. ■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat Child seats must be placed and secured in a rear seating position. 1Protecting Infants 3 WARNING Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death during a crash. Always place a rear-facing child seat

in the rear seat, not the front. Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat. When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back in the desired position. It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag system. 2 Airbags P. 39 If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat. 56 Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a forward facing position. Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s instructions before installation. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 57 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Protecting Smaller Children 1Protecting Smaller Children 3 WARNING Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the front airbag inflates. If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far back as possible, and properly restrain the child. Safe Driving If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward-facing child seat. ■ Forward-facing child seat placement We strongly recommend placing a forwardfacing child seat in a rear seating position. Educate yourself about the laws and regulations regarding child seat use where you are driving, and follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions. Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with advanced front airbags that automatically

turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A rear seat is the safest place for a child. Continued 57 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 58 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Selecting a Child Seat Safe Driving Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren). Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat manufacturer’s use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing your child’s safety. In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security. This is because all child seats are required to be

designed so that they can be secured with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual for proper installation instructions. ■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements: • The child seat is the correct type and size for the child. • The child seat is the correct type for the seating position. • The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. 58 1Selecting a Child Seat Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is simple. LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed to simplify the installation process and reduce the likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 59 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat Safe Driving A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors. 1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks Marks Lower Anchors Rigid Type 2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then attach the child seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions that came with the child seat. u When installing the child seat, make sure that the lower anchors are not obstructed by the seat belt or any other object. Continued 59 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 60 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children 1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat Safe Driving For your child’s safety, when using a

child seat installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants. Flexible Type Tether Strap Hook Anchor 60 3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the head restraint. 4. Raise the head restraint to its highest position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook onto the anchor. 5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer. 6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt. 7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 61 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChild

SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt 1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants. Safe Driving 1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat 2. Route the seat belt through the child seat according to the seat manufacturer’s instructions, and insert the latch plate into the buckle. u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks. 3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all the way out until it stops. This activates the lockable retractor. 4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into the retractor, then try to pull it out to make sure the retractor is locked. u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt out, the lockable retractor is not activated. Pull the seat belt all the way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4. Continued 61 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book

62 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe Driving 5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack from the lap part of the belt. u When doing this, place your weight on the child seat and push it into the vehicle seat. 6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt. 7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked. 62 1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 63 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Adding Security with a

Tether Tether Anchorage Points Cover Outer Position Tether Strap Hook Since a tether can provide additional security to the lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend using a tether whenever one is available. Safe Driving Anchor A tether anchorage point is provided behind each rear seating position. If you have a child restraint system that comes with a tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the tether may be used for additional security. 1Adding Security with a Tether 1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage point and lift the cover. 2. Raise the head restraint to its highest position, then route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted. Anchor Center Position Tether Strap Hook 3. Secure the tether strap hook onto the anchor. 4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer. Anchor 63 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 64 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children Safety of Larger Children ■ Protecting Larger Children Safe Driving The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who must sit in front. ■ Checking Seat Belt Fit When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/ shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the following questions. ■ Checklist • Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over the edge of the seat? • Does the shoulder belt cross between the child’s neck and arm? • Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as possible, touching the child’s thighs? • Will the child be able to stay seated like this for the whole trip? If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any

question, the child needs to ride on a booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat. 64 1Safety of Larger Children 3 WARNING Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in front can result in injury or death if the passenger’s front airbag inflates. If a larger child must ride in front, move the vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible, have the child sit up properly and wear the seat belt properly, using a booster seat if needed. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 65 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children ■ Booster Seats 1Booster Seats When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the instructions that came with it, and install the seat accordingly. There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat belt correctly. Safe Driving If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used properly, position the child in a booster seat

in a rear seating position. For the child’s safety, check that the child meets the booster seat manufacturer’s recommendations. Some U.S states, and Canadian provinces and territories require children to use a booster seat until they reach a given age or weight (e.g six years or 60 lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or province, or territory where you intend to drive. ■ Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front: • Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information in this manual. • Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible. • Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat. • Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the seat. ■ Monitoring child passengers We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even

older, more mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up properly. 65 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 66 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon monoxide gas will not get into the interior. Safe Driving ■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever • The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. • The exhaust system may have been damaged. • The vehicle is raised for an oil change. When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below. 1. Select the fresh air mode 2. Select the mode. 3. Set the fan speed to high

4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running. 66 1Carbon Monoxide Gas 3 WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you. Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that expose you to carbon monoxide. An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up with carbon monoxide gas. Do not run the engine with the garage door closed. Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the garage immediately after starting the engine. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 67 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Safety Labels Label Locations These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death Read these labels carefully. Sun Visors Doorjambs Safe Driving If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S dashboard

label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer for a replacement. U.S models U.S models Dashboard U.S models only Canadian models Canadian models Radiator Cap 67 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 68 68 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 69 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Instrument Panel This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving. Indicators . 70 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages. 95 Gauges and Multi-Information Display .117 Gauges. 117 Multi-Information Display . 118 69 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 70 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Indicators Indicator Name On/Blinking Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when the brake fluid level is low. Comes on if there is a Brake System

problem with the brake Indicator (Red) system. U.S Instrument Panel Canada (Red) Explanation Comes on while driving - Check the brake fluid level. 2 What to do when the indicator comes on while driving P. 513 Comes on along with the brake system indicator (amber) - Immediately stop in a safe place. Contact a dealer for repair The brake pedal becomes harder to operate. Depress the pedal further than you normally do. Comes on along with the ABS indicator - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On P. 513 Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts. Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. Low Oil Pressure Indicator *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display 70 Comes on while driving - Immediately stop in a safe place. 2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On P. 512 Message*1 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 71 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking U.S Canada Electric Parking Brake Indicator Message*1 Blinks and the electric parking brake system indicator comes on at the same time - There is a problem with the electric parking brake system. The parking brake may not be set. Instrument Panel Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when the parking brake is applied, and goes off when it is released. Explanation 2 Parking Brake P. 401 Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the electric parking brake system. Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes on while driving - Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. 2 If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On P. 514 *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models

without full color display Continued 71 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 72 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when the automatic brake hold system is on. Explanation Message*1 Instrument Panel Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator U.S Canada Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when the automatic brake hold system is activated. Automatic Brake Hold Indicator *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display 72 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 405 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 405 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 73 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking U.S Canada Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes on while driving - Have your

vehicle checked by a dealer. Stays on constantly - Avoid high speeds and sudden braking. Take the vehicle to a dealer immediately. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability. Message*1 U.S U.S Canada Canada U.S U.S Canada Canada Instrument Panel Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with a system related to braking other than the conventional brake system. Comes on if there is a problem with the automatic brake hold system. Explanation (Amber) *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display Continued 73 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 74 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Comes on when you set the Readiness codes are part of the on board power mode to ON, and goes diagnostics for the emissions control off either when the

engine systems. 2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 535 starts or after several seconds if the engine is not started. If Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. “readiness codes” have not Malfunction been set, it blinks five times Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place Indicator Lamp where there are no flammable objects. Stop before it goes off. Comes on if there is a the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait for it to cool down. Then, take the problem with the emissions vehicle to a dealer. control system. 2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Blinks when a misfire in the Comes On or Blinks P. 513 engine’s cylinders is detected. Instrument Panel Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts. Comes on when the battery is not charging. Charging System Indicator *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display 74 Comes on while driving - Turn off the climate

control system and rear defogger in order to reduce electricity consumption. 2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 512 Message*1 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 75 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator *2 *3 Name Explanation Message*1 Indicates the current gear selection. 2 Shifting P. 333, 340 Instrument Panel Gear Position Indicator */ Shift Lever Position Indicator * On/Blinking *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display *2:Models with full color display *3:Models without full color display * Not available on all models Continued 75 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 76 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Models with electronic gear selector Indicator Name On/Blinking Instrument Panel The indicated current gear selection blinks if there is a problem with the transmission system.

All the gear positions may light for several seconds, and go off. The indicated current gear selection or all the gear positions blink if there is a problem with the transmission system, and the vehicle no longer moves. Immediately stop in a safe place. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. The indicated current gear selection or all the gear positions blink if you cannot select (P due to the transmission system failure. The engine can be activated as a temporary measure. *2 *3 Transmission Indicator *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display *2:Models with full color display *3:Models without full color display 76 Explanation Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and stop in a safe place immediately. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. When all the gear positions light, immediately stop your vehicle in a safe place. Indicators go off if there is no problem. However, even if they go off, take your vehicle

to a dealer for inspection. 2 Emergency Towing P. 522 2 If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message P. 516 Set the parking brake when parking. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. Message*1 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 77 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Models with shift lever Indicator Name *2 *3 On/Blinking Blinks if the transmission system has a problem. Message*1 Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts and acceleration and have the vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. Instrument Panel Transmission Indicator Explanation *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display *2:Models with full color display *3:Models without full color display Continued 77 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 78 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator *2 *3 Name Instrument

Panel M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator On/Blinking 2 Sequential Shift Mode Operation P. 343 Comes on and the beeper sounds if you are not wearing a seat belt when you set the power mode to ON. If the front passenger is not wearing a seat belt, the indicator comes on about a few seconds later. Blinks while driving if either you or the front passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at regular intervals. *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display *2:Models with full color display *3:Models without full color display 78 Message*1 Comes on when the manual sequential mode is applied. Seat Belt Reminder Indicator Explanation The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when you and the front passenger fasten their seat belts. Stays on after you or the front passenger has fastened the seat belt A detection error may have occurred in the sensor.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 33 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 79 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name Comes on when the fuel reserve is running low (approximately 2.6 US gal/ 9.7 Liter left) Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel gauge. Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. If it comes on at any other time, there is a problem with the ABS. Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator Explanation Message*1 Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible. Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Instrument Panel Low Fuel Indicator On/Blinking Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability but no anti-lock function. 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 407 *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without

full color display Continued 79 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 80 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if a problem with any of the following is detected: - Supplemental restraint system - Side airbag system - Side curtain airbag system Instrument Panel Supplemental Restraint System Indicator Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on when you set the Stays on constantly or does not come power mode to ON, and goes on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a off when the engine starts. dealer. Comes on if there is a 2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On P. 514 problem with the EPS system. *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color

display 80 Explanation Message*1 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 81 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) OFF Indicator Door and Trunk Open Indicator Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System P. 391 2 Hill Start Assist System P. 330 Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when you deactivate VSA®. Comes on for a few seconds if you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if any door or the trunk is not completely closed. The beeper sounds and the message appears if any door or the trunk is opened while driving. *2 Message*1 Instrument Panel Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power Vehicle mode to ON, then goes off. Stability Assist Blinks when VSA® is active. (VSA®) System Comes on if

there is a Indicator problem with the VSA® system or hill start assist system. Explanation 2 VSA® OFF Button P. 392 Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed. *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display *2:Models without full color display Continued 81 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 82 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking Instrument Panel Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if the tire pressure Low Tire of any of the tires becomes Pressure/TPMS significantly low. Blinks for about one minute, Indicator and then stays on if there is a problem with the TPMS, or when a compact spare tire * is temporarily installed. Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on along with a beep when a problem is detected. A system message on the

multi-information display appears at the same time. System Message Indicator *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display 82 Explanation * Not available on all models Message*1 Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place, check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if necessary. Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a compact spare *, get your regular tire repaired or replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon as you can. While the indicator is on, roll the right selector wheel to see the message again. Refer to the Indicators information in this chapter when a system message appears on the multi-information display. Take the appropriate action for the message. The multi-information display does not return to the normal screen unless the warning is canceled, or the right selector wheel is rolled. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 83 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators Blinks when you operate the turn signal lever. Blink if you press the hazard warning button. Lights On Indicator Fog Light Indicator * Immobilizer System Indicator * Not available on all models Comes on whenever the light switch is on, or in AUTO when the exterior lights are on. Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A turn signal light bulb has blown. Change the bulb immediately. Message 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 453, 454, 456 Comes on when the high beam headlights are on. If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the exterior lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver’s door is opened. Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then select the ON mode again. Repeatedly blinks - The system may be malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by a

dealer. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems can occur. Comes on when the fog lights are on. Comes on briefly when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if the immobilizer system cannot recognize the key information. Explanation Instrument Panel High Beam Indicator On/Blinking Continued 83 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 84 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name Security System Alarm Indicator On/Blinking Blinks when the security system alarm has been set. Message*1 Instrument Panel 2 Cruise Control * P. 350 2 Cruise Control * P. 350 2 Security System Alarm P. 155 Indicator Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Keyless Access Comes on as soon as a System problem is detected in the Indicator keyless access system or keyless starting system. *2 *3 *2 *3 CRUISE MAIN

Indicator * CRUISE CONTROL Indicator * Comes on when you press the CRUISE button. Comes on when you have set a speed for cruise control. *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display *2:Models with full color display *3:Models without full color display 84 Explanation * Not available on all models Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 85 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Models with FCW Indicator Name On/Blinking Stays on constantly without FCW off Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on when the FCW system shuts itself off. Stays on - The temperature inside the system is too high. The system activates when the temperature inside the system cools down. Message Instrument Panel Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when you have customized FCW to turn off. Comes

on if there is a problem with the FCW system. Forward Collision Warning (FCW) Indicator Explanation 2 Automatic shutoff P. 370 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera. 2 Automatic shutoff P. 370 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 * Not available on all models Continued 85 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 86 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Models with LDW Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the LDW system. Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on when the LDW system shuts itself off. Stays on - The temperature

inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down. Instrument Panel Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Indicator 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 86 * Not available on all models Message 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 87 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Models with RDM Indicator Name On/Blinking Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on when the RDM system shuts itself off. Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.

The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down. Message Instrument Panel Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the RDM system. Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator Explanation 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth. Have your vehicle checked by a dear if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover. * Not available on all models Continued 87 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 88 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分

uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. If it comes on at any other time, there is a problem with the Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS®) system. Instrument Panel Precision AllWheel SteerTM (P-AWS®) System Indicator * Explanation Comes on while driving - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. The system may limit the vehicle speed to 50 mph (80 km/h) or less. Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when you press the IDS button if the Sport or Sport+ mode was selected. 2 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) P. 348 Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON. Comes on when you press the IDS button if the Econ mode was selected. 2 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) P. 348 SPORT (Sport mode) Indicator ECON (Econ mode) Indicator *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display 88 *

Not available on all models Message*1 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 89 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Green) * Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber) * Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Green) * * Not available on all models Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with ACC with LSF. Comes on when you press the MAIN button. Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the LKAS. Comes on when you press the MAIN button. Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 355 Message Instrument Panel Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator

(Amber) * Explanation Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * P. 383 Continued 89 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 90 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off. Stays on while BSI is turned off. Instrument Panel Blind Spot Information (BSI) Indicator * * Not available on all models Comes on while driving - Remove the obstacle in the vicinity of sensor. 2 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System * P. 394 90 Comes on when mud, snow, or ice accumulates in the vicinity of sensor. Comes on if there is a problem with the system. Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Message 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 91 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name

On/Blinking Super HandlingAll Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD®) Indicator * Stays on constantly - The engine drives the front wheels only in this state. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place, change to (P , and idle the engine until the indicator goes off. If the indicator does not stop blinking, take your vehicle to a dealer. Message Instrument Panel Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the SH-AWD® system. Blinks when the differential temperature is too high. Explanation 2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SHAWD®) * P. 396 * Not available on all models Continued 91 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 92 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green) * Instrument Panel 92 Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber) * * Not available on all models Comes

on when Auto Idle Stop is in operation. The engine automatically shuts off. Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Blinks if there is a problem with the Auto Idle Stop System. Comes on when Auto Idle Stop System has been turned off by Auto Idle Stop OFF Button. Explanation 2 Auto Idle Stop * P. 344 Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Message 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 93 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Models with CMBSTM Indicator Name On/Blinking Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator * * Not available on all models Message Stays on constantly without the CMBSTM off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * P. 409 Instrument Panel Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when you deactivate the CMBSTM. A multi-information display

message appears for five seconds. Comes on if there is a problem with the CMBSTM. Explanation Continued 93 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 94 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsu Models with CMBSTM Indicator Name On/Blinking Comes on when the CMBSTM system shuts itself off. Explanation Instrument Panel Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover. Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator * 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * P. 409 Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.

The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 94 * Not available on all models Message 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 95 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Roll the right selector wheel to see the message again with the system message indicator on. Message*1 Canadian models Canadian models Condition Appears when the washer fluid is low. Explanation Refill washer fluid. 2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 452 Instrument Panel Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon. Consequently, Maintenance Due Now/SERVICE DUE NOW and Maintenance Past Due/SERVICE PAST DUE follow. Appears when the transmission system temperature is too high. The vehicle does not operate properly 2

Maintenance Minder Messages on the MultiInformation Display P. 437 You may find it difficult to accelerate, or to start the vehicle on uphill. Stop in a safe place in (P . Let the engine idle until the message disappears. *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display Continued 95 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 96 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Message*1 Condition Instrument Panel Appears when the transmission system temperature is too high. The vehicle no longer moves Explanation Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets abnormally high. Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the battery. Appears along with the battery charging system indicator when the battery is not charging. Immediately stop in a safe place in (P . Let the engine idle until the message disappears. 2

Overheating P. 510 Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger to reduce electricity consumption. 2 Checking the Battery P. 471 2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 512 *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display 96 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 97 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Message*1 U.S Canada Canada Appears when the starter system has a problem. Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the power mode is in ACCESSORY. Explanation Hold the ENGINE START/STOP button up to 15 seconds to start the engine. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Instrument Panel U.S Condition 2 Starting the Engine P. 324 Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY. *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without

full color display Continued 97 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 98 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Message*1 Condition Instrument Panel 98 Explanation Appears when you close the door with the power mode in ON without the keyless access remote inside the vehicle. Appears when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak. *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display Disappears when you bring the keyless access remote back inside the vehicle and close the door. 2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 163 Replace the battery as soon as possible. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 473 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 99 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Message*1 Condition Appears if the

keyless access remote battery is too weak to start the engine or the key is not with you to start the engine. A beeper sounds six times. Appears three seconds after the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button, then To Start Engine messages appeared sequentially. Bring the keyless access remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP button to be touched with. 2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 503 Unless you bring the keyless access remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP button, this message does not appear. 2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 503 Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or ON. 2 Starting the Engine P. 324 Models with Auto Idle Stop Models with Auto Idle Stop Appears when the engine does not restart automatically due to the following reason: The hood is open. There is a problem in the system that disables Auto Idle Stop. Instrument Panel Explanation Follow the normal procedure to start the engine. 2 Starting the

Engine P. 324 *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display Continued 99 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 100 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Models with electronic gear selector Message*1 Condition Explanation Instrument Panel Appears when you attempt to start the engine with the transmission not in (P . To start the engine, the vehicle must be in (P . Appears when you try to change the gear position after the position has automatically been changed to (P with the driver’s door open and the driver’s seat belt unfastened. Press the park button If you leave the vehicle. Appears when you change to (N , and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within five seconds. Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the driver’s seat belt unfastened and there is a chance that the vehicle may roll unintentionally.

The gear position remains in (N for 15 minutes, then automatically switches to (P . 2 If you want to keep the (N position in Press the (P button before release the brake pedal when idling, parking or exiting the vehicle. ACCESSORY P. 336 2 Shift Operation P. 334 Models with Auto Idle Stop Models with Auto Idle Stop Appears when the engine stops without the transmission in (P , and does not restart automatically. Appears if you open the hood while Auto Idle Stop activates. *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display 100 If you want to set the power mode to ON, change the gear position to (P . If you want to start the engine, follow the normal procedure. 2 Starting the Engine P. 324 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 101 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Models with electronic gear selector Message*1

Condition Explanation Appears when you try to change the gear position without depressing the brake pedal. Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button. Appears when you try to change the gear position without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal. Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select a shift button. Appears when the (P button is pressed while the vehicle is moving. Appears if you change the gear position to (R while the vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the vehicle is reversing. Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before operating the select button. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive. Appears if there is a problem with the epretensioner system *. Appears when you set the power mode to ON without fastening the driver’s seat belt. Appears when you change the gear position after (P has been automatically selected with the driver’s door open, the

driver’s seat belt unfastened, then the brake pedal is released. Instrument Panel 2 Shift Operation P. 334 *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display * Not available on all models Continued 101 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 102 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Message*1 Condition Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely closed. The beeper sounds and the message appears if any door or the trunk is opened while driving. Explanation Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed. Close the hood. Instrument Panel Appears when the hood is opened. *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display 102 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 103 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information

Display Warning and Information Messages Models with shift lever Message*1 Condition Explanation Appears if you press the ENGINE START/STOP button to turn the engine off without the shift lever in (P . Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice after moving the shift lever to (P . Appears when you try change to the shift position other than (P with the driver’s door open. Moving the shift lever to (P If you leave the vehicle. Instrument Panel *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display Continued 103 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 104 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Message*1 Condition Instrument Panel Appears if there is a problem with the radiator system. Appears when pressing the IDS button. u Press again to change the next mode. Drive slowly to prevent overheating and have your

vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible. 2 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) P. 348 Appears when there is a problem with the headlights. Appears while driving - The low beam headlights may not be on. When conditions allow you to drive safely, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible. Appears if the automatic brake hold system is automatically canceled while it is in operation. Immediately depress the brake pedal. *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display 104 Explanation 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 105 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Message*1 Condition Appears when the automatic brake hold system is turned off. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 405 Appears when the automatic brake hold system button is pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt. Appears when the

automatic brake hold system button is pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the automatic brake hold system is in operation. Appears when the parking brake is applied automatically while it is in operation. Fasten the driver’s seat belt. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 405 Press the automatic brake hold system button with the brake pedal depressed. Instrument Panel Explanation 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 405 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 405 2 Parking Brake P. 401 *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display Continued 105 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 106 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Models with parking sensor system Message Condition Instrument Panel 106 Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor system. Explanation Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with mud, ice,

snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on even after you clean the area, have the system checked by a dealer. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 107 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Models with FCW Message Condition Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a vehicle in front of you. Explanation Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.) * Not available on all models Continued Instrument Panel 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * P. 409 2 Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection * P. 368 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 355 107 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 108 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Models with ACC with LSF Message

Condition Instrument Panel 108 Appears when ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. Explanation You can resume the set speed after the condition that caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the RES/ +/SET/– switch up. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 355 Appears if anything covers the radar sensor cover and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in front. May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.) * Not available on all models When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 109 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Models with ACC with LSF Message Condition Appears when the distance

between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with LSF is in operation. Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down while the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close. Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down while the driver’s seat belt is unfastened. Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down while the transmission is not in (D . * Not available on all models ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 355 ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 355 Instrument Panel Explanation ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 355 ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 355 Continued 109 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 110 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日

水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Models with ACC with LSF Message Condition Instrument Panel 110 Explanation Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope while ACC with LSF is in operation. Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope. Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down while the parking brake is applied. * Not available on all models ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 355 ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 355 ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 355 2 Parking Brake P. 401 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 111 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information

Display Warning and Information Messages Models with ACC with LSF Message Condition Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is depressed. Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF. * Not available on all models ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * P. 355 Instrument Panel Explanation Immediately depress the brake pedal. Continued 111 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 112 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Models with two-way keyless access remote Message Condition Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s door while the engine is running by two-way keyless access remote. Instrument Panel 112 Explanation 2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * P. 327 * Not available on all

models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 113 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Models with LKAS Message Condition Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected line. The beeper sounds simultaneously Explanation Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. The color of either line changes from white to amber as the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line. Models with LDW or models with RDM selected Warning only Instrument Panel Beeps and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. Models with RDM selected Normal or Wide Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper sounds simultaneously. Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS. Appears when the LKAS is

in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically The beeper sounds simultaneously. If any other system indicators come on, such as the VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action. Continued 113 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 114 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Models with LKAS Message Condition Instrument Panel 114 Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously Explanation Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing the LKAS button can resume the system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 Appears when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud,

etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.) * Not available on all models Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 115 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Models with Auto Idle Stop Message Condition Explanation Appears when Auto Idle Stop Guidance Screens ON has been selected from the customization menu. Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate for some reason. Appears when the engine restarts automatically. Appears when the battery temperature is around 14°F (−10°C) or lower. Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set temperature and actual interior

temperature becomes significant. Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the engine coolant temperature is low or high. Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the battery charge level is low. * Not available on all models Instrument Panel 2 Auto Idle Stop * P. 344 Appears even though the battery is fully charged - The system may not read the battery amount correctly. Drive for a few minutes. Appears after charging the battery or jump starting - Disconnect the negative - cable once and reconnect it again to the battery. Drive a few minutes Continued 115 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 116 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Models with Auto Idle Stop Message Condition Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the pressure to the brake pedal is not enough. Depress the brake pedal firmly. Appears when Auto Idle Stop

Guidance Screens ON has been selected from the customization menu. Appears when the system is under the following conditions while Auto Idle Stop activates: The battery charge level is low. The battery temperature is around 14°F (−10°C) or lower. The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant. The humidity in the interior is high. The engine restarts automatically in a few seconds. Instrument Panel 116 Explanation 2 Starting the Engine P. 324 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 117 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Gauges and Multi-Information Display Gauges Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge and related indicators. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON. ■ Speedometer Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h. Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute. ■ Fuel Gauge Displays the amount of fuel

left in the fuel tank. 1Fuel Gauge Instrument Panel ■ Tachometer NOTICE You should refuel when the needle approaches E . Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter. The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from the fuel gauge reading. ■ Temperature Gauge Displays the temperature of the engine coolant. 1Temperature Gauge NOTICE Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull safely to the side of the road and allow engine temperature to return to normal. 2 Overheating P. 510 117 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 118 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Multi-Information Display The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.

Instrument Panel 118 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 119 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Switching the Display ■ Main displays Roll the right selector wheel to change the display. Models with full color display Right Selector Wheel Range Elapsed Time Average Speed Turn-by-Turn Directions * IDS Compass * IDS/SH-AWD® * ᵑᵔ Vehicle Settings * Not available on all models Instant Fuel Economy/ Average Fuel Economy Instrument Panel OFF Tire Pressure for Each Tire Engine Oil Life Continued 119 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 120 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Models without full color display Instrument Panel OFF Right Selector Wheel 120 Vehicle Settings Instant Fuel Economy/ Average Fuel Economy Tire Pressure for Each Tire Range

Elapsed Time Engine Oil Life Average Speed IDS 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 121 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Lower displays Press the TRIP button to change the display. Models with full color display TRIP TRIP Odometer Instrument Panel Outside temperature TRIP Trip A Trip B TRIP Button Continued 121 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 122 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Models without full color display TRIP Instrument Panel TRIP Odometer TRIP Button 122 Outside temperature TRIP Trip A Trip B 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 123 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Odometer Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your

vehicle has accumulated. ■ Trip Meter 1Trip Meter Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the TRIP button. ■ Resetting a trip meter To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP button. The trip meter is reset to 0.0 ■ Outside Temperature Instrument Panel Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips. 1Outside Temperature The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h). Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S) or Celsius (Canada) ■ Adjusting the outside temperature display Adjust the temperature reading up to ± 5°F (U.S) or ± 3°C (Canada) if the temperature reading seems incorrect. It may take several minutes for the display to be updated after the temperature reading has stabilized. Use the

multi-information display’s customized features to correct the temperature. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 ■ Average Fuel Economy 1Average Fuel Economy Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S) or l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy is also reset. Continued You can change when to reset the average fuel economy. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 123 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 124 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Instant Fuel Economy Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S) or l/100 km (Canada) ■ Range Instrument Panel Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining power and fuel. This distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips. ■ Elapsed Time Shows the time elapsed since the Trip A or Trip B

was reset. ■ Average Speed Shows the average speed in mph (U.S) or km/h (Canada) since the Trip A or Trip B was reset. ■ Turn-by-Turn Directions * Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the navigation system. 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual 124 * Not available on all models 1Elapsed Time You can change when to reset the elapsed time. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 1Average Speed You can change when to reset the average speed. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 1Turn-by-Turn Directions * The multi-information display shows a compass when the route guidance is not used. You can select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on or not during the route guidance. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 125 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Engine Oil Life Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance

MinderTM. 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 435 ■ Tire Pressure Monitor Instrument Panel Shows each tire’s pressure. 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) P. 397 ■ Current Mode for Integrated Dynamics System Shows the current mode for Integrated dynamics system. 2 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) P. 348 ■ SH-AWD® Torque Distribution Monitor * The indicators on the display show the amount of torque being transferred to the right front, left front, right rear, and left rear wheels. 2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SHAWD®) * P. 396 * Not available on all models Continued 125 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 126 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Customized Features 1Customized Features Use the multi-information display to customize certain features. ■ How to customize Instrument Panel Select the Vehicle Settings screen by rolling the right selector wheel

while the power mode is in ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Push the right selector wheel. Multi-information Display: Goes to Vehicle Settings. Models with full color display Models without full color display Right Selector Wheel Roll: Changes the customize menus and items. Push: Enters the selected item. 126 To customize other features, roll the right selector wheel. 2 List of customizable options P. 129 2 Example of customization settings P. 134 Customization is possible when you see the driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen. The driver’s ID indicates which remote transmitter you have used to unlock the driver’s door. The customized settings are recalled every time you unlock the driver’s door with that remote. Change to (P before you attempt to change any customized setting. Customizing is also available from the audio/ information screen. You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the multi-information display while the audio/ information screen

shows the same menu. 2 Customized Features P. 259 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 127 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Customization flow Roll the right selector wheel to select Vehicle Settings and push the right selector wheel. Vehicle Settings Push Driver Assist System Setup Push Meter Setup Push Instrument Panel Roll Roll Forward Collision Warning Distance * ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep * ACC Display Speed Unit * Road Departure Mitigation Setting * Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep * Blind Spot Info * Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display Push Roll Roll Roll “Trip A” Reset Timing “Trip B” Reset Timing Auto Idle Stop Guidance Screens * Turn by Turn Display * Driving Position Setup Memory Position Link Push Roll Roll Seat Position Movement At Entry/Exit Auto Seat Belt Tension * Keyless Access Setup Door Unlock Mode Push Keyless

Access Beep Volume Roll Roll Keyless Access Light Flash Keyless Access Beep Remote Start System On/Off * * Not available on all models Continued 127 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 128 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Roll Lighting Setup Interior Light Dimming Time Push Roll Instrument Panel Roll Push Roll Door Setup Auto Light Sensitivity Push Roll Roll IDS Setup Headlight Auto Off Timer Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock Key And Remote Unlock Mode Keyless Lock Answer Back Security Relock Timer Push Preferred IDS Mode Push Maintenance Reset Roll Maintenance Info. Roll Default All Roll Exit 128 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 129 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ List of customizable options Setup Group Description Selectable Settings

Forward Collision Warning Distance * Changes at which distance FCW or CMBSTM alerts, or turns FCW on and off. Long/Normal*1/Short/Off ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep * Causes the system to beep when the system detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC with LSF range. On/Off*1 ACC Display Speed Unit * Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the multiinformation display. mph*1/km/h (U.S) mph/km/h*1 (Canada) Road Departure Mitigation Setting * Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation system. Normal*1/Wide/Warning Only Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep * Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended. On/Off*1 Blind Spot Info * Changes the setting for the blind spot information. Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/Off Instrument Panel Driver Assist System Setup Customizable Features *1:Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 129 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 130 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日

水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Setup Group Customizable Features Selectable Settings Changes the displayed language. English*1/Français/ Español Adjust Outside Temp. Display Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees. -5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S) -3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C (Canada) “Trip A” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed time A. When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1 “Trip B” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed time B. When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1 Auto Idle Stop Guidance Screens * Selects whether the Auto Idle Stop guidance screens comes on. On/Off*1 Turn by Turn Display * Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on during the route guidance. On*1/Off Language Selection Instrument Panel Meter Setup

*1:Default Setting 130 Description * Not available on all models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 131 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and off. On*1/Off Seat Position Movement At Entry/Exit Depending on the set seating position the driver seat may move forward or rearward when entering/ exiting the vehicle. On*1/Off Auto Seat Belt Tension * Turns the auto seatbelt tension setting for the seat belt e-pretensioner on and off. On*1/Off Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the driver’s door handle. Driver Door Only*1/All Doors Keyless Access Beep Volume Changes the beep volume. High*1/Low Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/lock the doors. On*1/Off Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the doors. On*1/Off Remote Start System On/

Off * Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On*1/Off Instrument Panel Keyless Access Setup 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Driving Position Setup 水曜日 *1: Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 131 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 132 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Setup Group Lighting Setup Instrument Panel Door Setup Customizable Features Description Interior Light Dimming Time Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the doors. 60sec/30sec*1/15sec Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the driver’s door. 60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for when the

doors automatically lock. With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift From P/Off Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically unlock. All Doors When Driver’s Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted To Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off Key And Remote Unlock Mode Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock on the first operation of the remote or built-in key. Driver Door*1/ All Doors Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash. LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. On*1/Off Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door. 90sec/60sec/30sec*1 *1: Default Setting 132 Selectable Settings 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 133 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Customizable Features IDS Setup Preferred IDS Mode

Changes the IDS mode setting for when you set the power mode to ON. Last Used*1/Econ/Normal/ Sport Maintenance Info. Maintenance Reset Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you have performed the maintenance service. Cancel/Reset Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as default. Cancel/Set Default All Description Selectable Settings Instrument Panel Setup Group *1: Default Setting Continued 133 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 134 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Example of customization settings The steps for changing the “Trip A” Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are shown below. The default setting for “Trip A” Reset Timing is Manually Reset 1. Roll the right selector wheel to select Vehicle Settings, then push the right *1 *2 selector wheel. Instrument Panel *1 *1 : Models with full color display *2 : Models without full color

display 134 *2 2. Roll the right selector wheel until Meter Setup appears on the display. 3. Push the right selector wheel u Language Selection appears first on the display. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 135 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display *2 *1 *2 *1 *2 4. Roll the right selector wheel until “Trip A” Reset Timing appears on the display, then push the right selector wheel. u The display switches to the customization setup screen, where you can select When Refueled, IGN Off, Manually Reset, or Exit. 5. Roll the right selector wheel and select When Refueled, then push the right selector wheel. u The When Refueled Setup screen appears, then the display returns to the customization menu screen. Instrument Panel *1 6. Roll the right selector wheel until Exit appears on the display, then push the right selector wheel. 7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the

normal screen. *1 : Models with full color display *2 : Models without full color display 135 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 136 136 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 137 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Controls This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving. Clock . 138 Locking and Unlocking the Doors Key Types and Functions . 139 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength. 141 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside . 142 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside . 148 Childproof Door Locks . 150 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking . 151 Opening and Closing the Trunk. 152 Security System . 155 Immobilizer System . 155 * Not available on all models Security System Alarm. 155 Opening and Closing the Windows . 158 Opening and Closing the Moonroof . 160 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ENGINE START/STOP Button. 161

Turn Signals . 164 Light Switches. 165 Fog Lights * . 168 Daytime Running Lights . 168 Wipers and Washers . 169 Brightness Control . 172 Defogger/Heated Door Mirror . 173 Driving Position Memory System . 174 Adjusting the Steering Wheel . 176 Adjusting the Mirrors. 177 Interior Rearview Mirror . 177 Power Door Mirrors . 178 Adjusting the Seats . 180 Adjusting the Seat Positions. 180 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items . 187 Interior Lights . 187 Interior Convenience Items . 189 Climate Control System . 199 Using Automatic Climate Control . 199 Automatic Climate Control Sensors.207 137 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 138 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Clock Adjusting the Clock You can also adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the power mode in ON. ■ Adjusting the Time ■ Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen Controls 138 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select System

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock Adjustment. 3. Rotate to change hour, then press . 4. Rotate to change minute, then press . 1Adjusting the Clock These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial. Rotate to select. Press to enter. You can customize the clock display to show the 12 hour clock or 24 hour clock. 2 Customized Features P. 259 You can turn the clock display in the audio/ information screen on and off. 2 Customized Features P. 259 Models with navigation system The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does not need to be adjusted. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 139 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Locking and Unlocking the Doors Key Types and Functions This vehicle comes with the following keys: 1Key Types and Functions All the keys have an immobilizer system. The immobilizer system helps protect against vehicle theft. 2 Immobilizer System P.

155 ■ Keys ■ Keyless access remote Models without two-way keyless access remote Models with two-way keyless access remote The keys contain precision electronics. Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to the electronics: • Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in locations with high temperature or high humidity. • Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them. • Keep the keys away from liquids. • Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the battery. If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine may not start, and the keyless access system may not work. If the keys do not work properly, have them inspected by a dealer. Controls Use the keyless access remote to start and stop the engine, and to lock and unlock all the doors and trunk. You can also use the keyless access system to lock and unlock the doors and trunk. Models with two-way keyless access remote You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote. 2

Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * P. 327 * Not available on all models Continued 139 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 140 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions Models without two-way keyless access remote Release Knob Built-in Key Controls Models with two-way keyless access remote Release Knob Built-in Key 140 The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the doors when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak and the power door lock/ unlock operation is disabled. To remove the built-in key, pull it out while sliding the release knob. To reinstall the builtin key, push the built-in key into the keyless access remote until it clicks. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 141 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength ■ Key Number Tag 1Key Number Tag Contains a

number that you will need if you purchase a replacement key. Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a safe place outside of your vehicle. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a dealer. If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine, contact a dealer. Controls Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/ unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to start the engine. In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable: • Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. • You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices. • A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote. 1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength Communication between the keyless access remote

and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remote’s battery. The keyless access remote battery lasts about two years. This changes by how often you use the remote The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing it near electrical appliances such as televisions and personal computers. 141 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 142 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Using the Keyless Access System Models without rear door touch sensor Controls Models with rear door touch sensor When you carry the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and open the trunk. You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door handle. You can open the trunk within about 32 inches (80 cm) radius from the trunk release button.

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside If the interior light switch is in the door activated position, the interior light comes on when you unlock the doors. No doors opened: The light fades out after 30 seconds. Doors relocked: The light goes off immediately. 2 Interior Lights P. 187 1Using the Keyless Access System If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the keyless access system, the doors will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF. 142 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 143 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Locking the doors and the trunk Door Lock Button Continued • Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with

you • Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else with the remote is within range. • The door may be unlocked if the door handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if the keyless access remote is within range. • If you grip a front or rear * door handle wearing gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond by unlocking the doors. • You cannot unlock the door by gripping the handle after two seconds of unlocking it. • The door may not open if you pull it immediately after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle again and confirm that the door is unlocked before pulling the handle. • Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the keyless access remote if it is above or below the outside handle. • The keyless access remote may not operate if it is too close to the door and door glass. Controls * Not available on all models

1Using the Keyless Access System Press the door lock button on the front or rear * door. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper sounds; all the doors lock; and the security system sets. 143 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 144 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Unlocking the doors and the trunk Controls Trunk Release Button Grab the driver’s door handle: u The driver’s door unlocks. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the beeper sounds twice. Grab the front passenger’s or rear * door handle: u All doors unlock. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the beeper sounds twice. Press the trunk release button: u The trunk unlocks and opens. u The beeper sounds. 2 Using the Trunk Release Button P. 153 144 * Not available on all models 1Using the Keyless Access System The light flash, beep and unlock settings can be customized using the

audio/information screen or multi-information display. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 Models with puddle lights When you go into the front side of the keyless access system working range with all the doors locked, the puddle lights come on for 30 seconds. The lights do not come on if you have previously stayed within the range for more than two minutes, or the doors have been locked for a few days. The feature activates again after you drive the vehicle, then lock the doors. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 145 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Using the Remote Transmitter LED Unlock Button 1Using the Remote Transmitter ■ Locking the doors Lock Button LED*1 ■ Unlocking the doors Unlock Button Lock Button Press the unlock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the driver’s door unlocks. Twice: u The remaining doors unlock. You can

lock or unlock doors using the remote transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF. The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so the operating range may vary depending on the surroundings. Controls Press the lock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors lock, and the security system sets. Twice (within five seconds after the first push): u The beeper sounds and verifies the security system is set. If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter, the doors will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is open. If the distance at which the remote transmitter works varies, the battery is probably low. If the LED does not come on when you press a button, the battery is dead. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 473 You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 *1:

Checking Door Lock Status P. 147 * Not available on all models Continued 145 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 146 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key Fully insert the key and turn it. Lock When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking, the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining doors. If you unlock the doors with the key, the alarm goes off when you open the hood or move the shift lever * out of (P before the power mode is set to ON. Unlock Controls You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 ■ Locking a Door Without Using a Key ■ Locking the front doors Push the lock tab forward a or push the master door lock switch in the lock direction b, and close the

door. ■ Locking the rear doors Push the lock tab forward and close the door. ■ Lockout prevention system The doors cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. 146 1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key * Not available on all models 1Locking a Door Without Using a Key When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors lock at the same time. Make sure you have the key in your hand before locking the door to prevent it from being locked in the vehicle. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 147 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Checking Door Lock Status * Red Green Amber You can remotely check if your vehicle’s doors are all locked or any are unlocked using the keyless access remote from extended distances. Lock Button 1Checking Door Lock Status * Operate the remote in an open space. If there are buildings or other

obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the remote may not work even within the operable range. However, the range of unlock, all doors, and panic functions are the same as the standard keyless access remote. 2 Using the Remote Transmitter P. 145 Controls When checking the door lock status, you can also start or stop the engine. 2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * P. 327 Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds one of the following feedback will come: • Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked. • Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not completely closed. • Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status from the vehicle. * Not available on all models 147 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 148 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the

Doors from the Inside Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ■ Using the Lock Tab Lock Tab To Lock 1Using the Lock Tab ■ Locking a door Push the lock tab forward. ■ Unlocking a door To Unlock Controls 148 Pull the lock tab rearward. When you lock the door using the lock tab on the driver's door, all the other doors lock at the same time. When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 149 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ■ Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle 1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle Pull the front door inner handle. u The door unlocks and opens in one motion. The front door inner handles are designed to allow front seat occupants to open the door in one motion. However, this feature requires that front seat occupants

never pull a front door inner handle while the vehicle is in motion. Inner Handle Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors. Controls Children should always ride in a rear seat where childproof door locks are provided. 2 Childproof Door Locks P. 150 To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock, then lock again before opening the door. u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using the multi-information display or audio/information screen. Continued 149 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 150 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks ■ Using the Master Door Lock Switch To Lock Press the master door lock switch in as shown to lock or unlock all doors. 1Using the Master Door Lock Switch When

you lock/unlock either front door using the master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/ unlock at the same time. To Unlock Controls Master Door Lock Switch Childproof Door Locks 1Childproof Door Locks The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside regardless of the position of the lock tab. ■ Setting the Childproof Door Locks Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock position, and close the door. ■ When opening the door Unlock Lock 150 Open the door using the outside door handle. To open the door from the inside when the childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the unlock position, lower the rear window, put your hand out of the window, and pull the outside door handle. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 151 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Your vehicle locks all doors and unlocks the

driver’s door automatically when a certain condition is met. ■ Auto Door Locking ■ Drive lock mode 1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking You can turn off or change to another auto door locking/unlocking setting using the audio/ information screen or multi-information display. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h). ■ Auto Door Unlocking All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened. Controls ■ Driver’s door open mode 151 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 152 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Opening and Closing the Trunk Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk ■ Opening the trunk Open the trunk all the way. u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight. ■ Closing the trunk Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to: u Avoid possible damage. u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle. 2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P.

66 Controls Using the Trunk Release Trunk Release Press the trunk release on the driver side control panel to open the trunk. 2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 524 152 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 153 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button Using the Trunk Release Button Trunk Release Button Push up the release button on the trunk lid after the doors are unlocked. 2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 524 1Using the Trunk Release Button • Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you • Even if you are not carrying the keyless access Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the trunk if you carry the keyless access remote. u The beeper will sound. Trunk Release Button Controls Using the Remote Transmitter remote, you can unlock the trunk while someone else with the remote is within range. • Do not leave the keyless access

remote inside the trunk and close the lid. The beeper sounds and the trunk cannot be closed. Press the trunk release button for approximately one second to unlock and open the trunk. Trunk Release Button 153 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 154 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuTrunk Main Switch Trunk Main Switch Main Switch ON OFF Controls The trunk main switch disables the trunk release button on the remote transmitter, the trunk release button on the trunk lid and trunk release on the driver side control panel to protect cargo in the trunk. 1. Make sure the rear seat-back is not folded down. 2. Turn off the trunk main switch in the glove box. 3. Lock the glove box Emergency Trunk Opener The trunk release lever allows you to open the trunk from inside for your safety. Slide the release lever in the direction of the arrow. Lever 154 1Trunk Main Switch If you need to give the key to someone else,

remove the built-in key from the keyless access remote by sliding the release knob, and give the remote as a valet key. 1Emergency Trunk Opener Parents should decide if their children should be shown how to use this feature. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 155 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Security System Immobilizer System The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic signals to verify the key. Security System Alarm NOTICE Leaving the keyless access remote in the vehicle can result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle. Always take the key with you whenever you leave the vehicle unattended. Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable. Controls Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button: • Do not allow

objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/ STOP button. • Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object. • Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system with the keyless access remote. 1Immobilizer System 1Security System Alarm The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly opened. The alarm does not go off if the trunk or doors are opened with the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system. The security alarm continues for a maximum of two minutes until the security system deactivates. However, the alarm goes off when a door is opened with the key, then the shift lever * is moved out of (P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON. ■ When the security system alarm activates The horn sounds intermittently and all of the exterior lights flash. ■ To deactivate the security system alarm Unlock the vehicle using the remote transmitter or keyless access system. The system,

along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated. * Not available on all models Continued 155 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 156 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm ■ Setting the security system alarm Controls The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have been met: • The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). • The hood and trunk are closed. • All doors are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system. ■ When the security system alarm sets The security system indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system is set. ■ To cancel the security system alarm The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote transmitter, or you grab any door handle while carrying the keyless access remote, or the power mode is set to ON.

The security system indicator goes off at the same time. 1Security System Alarm Do not set the security system alarm when someone is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can accidentally activate when: • Unlocking the door with the lock tab. • Opening the trunk with the trunk release or the emergency trunk opener. • Moving the shift lever * out of (P . • Opening the hood with the hood release. If the battery goes dead after you have set the security system alarm, the security alarm may go off once the battery is recharged or replaced. If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by unlocking a door using the remote transmitter or keyless access system. Do not attempt to alter this system or add another device to it. 156 * Not available on all models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 157 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm ■ Panic Mode ■ The panic button on the remote Panic

Button transmitter If you press the panic button for approximately one second, the following will occur for about 30 seconds: • The horn sounds. • Some exterior lights flash. Controls Panic Button ■ Canceling panic mode Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON. 157 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 158 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Opening and Closing the Windows Opening/Closing the Power Windows The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON, using the switches on the doors. The driver’s side switches can be used to open and close all of the windows. The power window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (not pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver’s seat. Controls When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power

window lock button on when children are in the vehicle. ■ Opening/Closing the Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function ON OFF Power Window Lock Button To open: Push the switch down firmly. To close: Pull the switch up firmly. The window opens or closes completely. To stop the window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly. Driver’s Window Switch Indicator Front Passenger’s Window Switch Rear Passenger’s Window Switches 158 ■ Automatic operation ■ Manual operation To open: Push the switch down lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. 1Opening/Closing the Power Windows 3 WARNING Closing a power window on someone’s hands or fingers can cause serious injury. Make sure your passengers are away from the windows before closing them. The power windows can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door

cancels this function. Auto Reverse If a power window senses resistance when closing automatically, it stops closing and reverses direction. The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled when you continuously pull up the switch. The auto reverse function stops sensing when the window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 159 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows ■ Opening the Windows and Moonroof with the Remote To open: Press the unlock button twice within 10 seconds and hold it down the second time. If the windows stop midway, repeat the procedure. Unlock Button Close Open Controls ■ Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof with the Key To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the unlock direction and hold it there. To close:

Lock the driver’s door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the lock direction and hold it there. Release the key to stop the windows/ moonroof at the desired position. If you want further adjustment, repeat the same operation. 159 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 160 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Opening and Closing the Moonroof ■ Opening/Closing the Moonroof You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof. ■ Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. Open To close: Push the switch forward firmly. Controls Close Tilt The moonroof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the moonroof midway, touch the switch briefly. ■ Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch

forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. ■ Tilting the moonroof up To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof switch. To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then release. 160 1Opening/Closing the Moonroof 3 WARNING Opening or closing the moonroof on someone’s hands or fingers can cause serious injury. Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of the moonroof before opening or closing it. NOTICE Opening the moonroof in below freezing temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage the moonroof panel or motor. The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function. When resistance is detected, the auto reverse function causes the moonroof to change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 161 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ENGINE START/STOP Button ■ Changing the Power Mode 1ENGINE START/STOP Button ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range Models with electronic gear selector Models with shift lever Operating Range VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) Indicator in the button is off. Indicator The steering wheel is locked*1. The power to all electrical components is turned off. Indicator Controls ACCESSORY Indicator in the button is on. Indicator in the button blinks (from ON to ACCESSORY). Operate the audio system and other accessories in this position. Without pressing the brake pedal You can start the engine when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. The engine may also run if the keyless access remote is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the vehicle. ON mode: Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running. ON Indicator in the button is on. All electrical

components can be used. Press the button without the shift lever in (P . Shift to (P then press the button. If the keyless access remote battery is weak, beeper sounds and the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the multi-information display. 2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 503 Press the button. Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON when you get out. U.S models Shift to (P . *1:Canadian models Continued 161 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 162 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button ■ Automatic Power Off If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the battery drain. Canadian models Controls When in this mode: The steering wheel does not lock. You cannot lock or unlock

doors with the remote transmitter or the keyless access system. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). ■ Power Mode Reminder If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning buzzer sounds. 162 1Changing the Power Mode Canadian models If the power mode does not change from VEHICLE OFF to ACCESSORY, press the ENGINE START/STOP button while moving the steering wheel left and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing the mode to change. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 163 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button ■ Keyless Access Remote Reminder Models with full color display ■ When the power mode is in ON If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, warning buzzers sound from both inside and outside the vehicle. A warning message

on the multi-information display notifies the driver inside that the remote is out. ■ When the power mode is in ACCESSORY If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a warning buzzer sounds from outside the vehicle. When the keyless access remote is within the system’s operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the warning function cancels. If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle after the engine has been started, you can no longer change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE START/STOP button. Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle through a window does not activate the warning buzzer. Controls Models without full color display Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/ and outside the vehicle to remind you that the keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If the buzzer continues even

after the remote is put back inside, place it to be within its operational range. 1Keyless Access Remote Reminder Do not put the keyless access remote on the dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to go off. Under some other conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is within the system’s operational range. 163 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 164 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals Turn Signals Right Turn The turn signals can be used when the power mode is in ON. ■ One-touch turn signal When you lightly push up or down and release the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals and turn signal indicator blink three times. Left Turn Controls 164 This feature can be used when signaling for a lane change. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 165 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches Light Switches ■ Manual Operation High Beams 1Light Switches Rotating the light switch turns the lights on and off, regardless of the power mode setting. ■ Low beams If you sense that the level of the headlights is abnormal, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Turns on parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights Turns on headlights, parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights When in high beams, pull the lever back to return to low beams. Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off because it will cause the battery to discharge. Controls Push the lever forward until you hear a click. When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the instrument panel will be on. 2 Lights On Indicator P. 83 ■ High beams Flashing the high beams Low Beams If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the

lights on, a light on reminder chime will sound when you open the driver’s door. ■ Flashing the high beams Pull the lever back, and release it. ■ Lights off Turn the lever to OFF either when: • The transmission is in (P . • The parking brake is applied. To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights come on automatically when: • The gear position is changed from (P . • The parking brake is released. • The vehicle starts to move. Continued 165 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 166 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches ■ Automatic Lighting Control 1Automatic Lighting Control Automatic lighting control can be used when the power mode is in ON. We recommend that you turn on the lights manually when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas such as long tunnels or

parking facilities. When the light switch is in AUTO, the headlights and other exterior lights will switch on and off automatically depending on the ambient brightness. The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not work properly. Controls You can change the auto light sensitivity setting. Models with automatic intermittent wipers Light Sensor 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 Models without automatic intermittent wipers Light Sensor 166 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 167 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches ■ Headlight Integration with Wipers The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within a certain interval with the headlight switch in AUTO. The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped. ■

Automatic Lighting Off Feature If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the switch is in the AUTO position). The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime. Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows: Setting The exterior lights come on when the ambient light is at MAX HIGH MID LOW MIN Bright Dark 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 1Headlight Integration with Wipers Controls The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with you, and close the driver's door. 1Automatic Lighting Control This feature activates when the headlights are off in AUTO. The instrument

panel brightness does not change when the headlights come on. When the ambient light is dark, the automatic lighting control feature overrides, and the headlights come on with or without the wipers sweeping more than several times. 1Automatic Lighting Off Feature You can change the headlight auto off timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 167 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 168 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights * Fog Lights * When the low beam headlights are on, turn the fog light switch on to use the fog lights. Fog Light Switch Controls Daytime Running Lights The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met: • The power mode is in ON. • The headlight switch is AUTO, or in . • The parking brake is released. The daytime running lights are off when the headlight switch is turned on, or when the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is

getting darker outside. 168 * Not available on all models 1Fog Lights * The fog lights go off when the headlights turn off, or when the daytime running lights are on. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 169 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers Wipers and Washers The windshield wipers and washers can be used when the power mode is in ON. ■ MIST Pull to use washer. MIST INT *: Low speed with intermittent AUTO *: Automatic intermittent operation LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe 2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers * P. 170 ■ Adjusting wiper operation Turn the adjustment ring to adjust wiper operation. Lower speed, fewer sweeps Higher speed, more sweeps NOTICE In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the windshield, becoming stuck. Operating the wipers in this condition may damage them. Use the defroster to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on. Models with

intermittent time adjustment ring If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are operating intermittently, the length of the wipe interval shortens. When the vehicle starts moving, the wipers make a single sweep. When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s shortest delay setting and the LO setting become the same. Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out. The pump may get damaged. ■ Washer Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. When you release the lever for more than one second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two or three more times to clear the windshield, then stop. * Not available on all models NOTICE Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry. The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber blades will get damaged. Controls OFF The wipers run at high speed until you release the lever. ■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT *, LO, HI) Change the wiper switch setting according to the amount of rain. ■ AUTO * 1Wipers and Washers Continued The wiper

motor may stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation will return to normal within a few minutes, once the circuit has returned to normal. 169 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 170 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers ■ Automatic Intermittent Wipers * When you push the lever down to AUTO, the windshield wipers sweep once, and go into the automatic mode. Controls Adjustment Ring The wipers operate intermittently, at low speed, or at high speed and stops in accordance with the amount of rainfall the rainfall sensor detects. ■ AUTO sensitivity adjustment When in AUTO, you can also adjust the rainfall sensor sensitivity using the adjustment ring. 1Wipers and Washers If the wiper stops operating due to any obstacle such as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power mode to ACCESSORY

or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then remove the obstacle. 1Automatic Intermittent Wipers * The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below. Rainfall Sensor Sensor sensitivity Low Sensitivity: Wipers will operate when more rainfall is detected. High Sensitivity: Wipers will operate when less rainfall is detected. 170 * Not available on all models Do not put the wiper lever in AUTO when cleaning the windshield or driving through a car wash. If the wiper lever is in AUTO, and the power mode is in ON, the rainfall sensor may respond to your hand or car wash liquids, and the wipers may operate automatically. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 171 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers Canadian models 1Headlight Washers * ■ Headlight Washers * Turn the headlights on and press the headlight washer button to operate. The headlight washers also operate when you turn the windshield

washers for the first time after the power mode sets to ON. * Not available on all models Controls Headlight Washer Button The headlight washers use the same fluid reservoir as the windshield washers. 171 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 172 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control Brightness Control (+ Button (- Button When the power mode is in ON, you can use the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument panel brightness. To brighten: Press the (+ button. To dim: Press the (- button. Controls You will hear a beep when the brightness reaches minimum or maximum. The multiinformation display will return to its original state several seconds after you adjust the brightness. Models with full color display ■ Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the multiinformation display while you are adjusting it. 1Brightness Control Instrument panel brightness varies,

depending on whether the exterior lights are on or off. The instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are on. When it is bright outside and the headlight integration with the wiper is activated, the instrument panel brightness does not change. Pushing or rolling the right selector wheel changes to a different display. If you press the (+ button until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels the reduced instrument panel brightness when the parking lights are on. The brightness can be set differently for when the exterior lights are on, and when they are off. Models without full color display 172 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 173 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDefogger/Heated Door Mirror Defogger/Heated Door Mirror This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged or deiced. Canadian models ■ Heated Windshield

Button Press the heated windshield button to deice the windshield when the power mode is in ON. 1Heated Windshield Button When the outside temperature is below 4°C, the heated windshield may automatically activate. The system deactivates itself once the outside temperature reaches 6°C. Controls ■ Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window and mirrors when the power mode is in ON. The rear defogger and heated door mirrors automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside temperature. 1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button NOTICE When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be careful not to damage the heating wires and antenna line. It is critical to wipe the window from side to side along the defogger heating wires and antenna line. This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged. Also, do not use the system for a long period when the engine is

idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine. 173 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 174 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System Driving Position Memory System You can store two driver’s seat (except for power lumbar) and door mirror positions with the driving position memory system. When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or keyless access system, the seat and door mirrors adjust automatically to one of the two preset positions. Controls 174 The multi-information display shows you which remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle when you enter. • DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1. • DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2. The driver’s seat moves rearward depending DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2 on the set seating position once you • Stop the vehicle. • Put the

transmission in (P . • Turn the engine off. • Then open the driver’s door. Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY position, the driver’s seat moves forward to the DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position. 1Driving Position Memory System Using the audio/information screen or multiinformation display, you can disable the automatic seat and door mirror adjustment function. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 The driver’s seat easy exit feature: • Can be turned ON/OFF. 2 Customized Features P. 126 System Operation The system will not operate if: • The vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5 km/h). • Either memory position button is pressed while the seat is in motion. • The seat position is adjusted while in operation. • The memory 1 or 2 position is set fully to the rear. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 175 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System ■ Storing a Position

in Memory Memory Button 1 Memory Button 2 ■ Recalling the Stored Position Memory Buttons 1. Change to (P 2. Apply the parking brake 3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2 ) u You will hear the beep, and the indicator light will blink. After you press the SET button, the storing operation will be canceled when: • You do not press the memory button within five seconds. • You readjust the seat or the door mirror position before the double-beep. • You set the power mode to any position except ON. Controls SET Button 1. Set the power mode to ON Adjust the driver’s seat and the door mirrors to the desired position. 2. Press the SET button u You will hear the beep, and the memory button indicator light will blink. 3. Press memory button (1 or (2 within five seconds of pressing the SET button. u Once the seat and the door mirror positions have been memorized, the indicator light on the button you pressed stays on. 1Storing a Position in Memory 1Recalling the Stored Position The

seat will stop moving if you: • Press the SET button, or a memory button ( (1 or (2 ). • Adjust the seat or the door mirror position. • Change into any position except (P . The seat and the door mirrors will automatically move to the memorized positions. When it has finished moving, you will hear the beep, and the indicator light stays on. 175 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 176 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel Adjusting the Steering Wheel Controls 176 The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture. 1. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever down. u The steering wheel adjustment lever is under the steering column. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and To lock in or out. u Make sure you can see the instrument panel gauges and indicators. To

adjust Lever 3. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up to lock the steering wheel in position. u After adjusting the position, make sure you have securely locked the steering wheel in place by trying to move it up, down, in, and out. 1Adjusting the Steering Wheel 3 WARNING Adjusting the steering wheel position while driving may cause you to lose control of the vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash. Adjust the steering wheel only when the vehicle is stopped. Make any steering wheel adjustments before you start driving. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 177 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Adjusting the Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirror Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving position. 1Adjusting the Mirrors Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and adjusted for best visibility. Adjust the mirrors before you start driving. 2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 180 ■ Automatic Dimming

Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors* The auto dimming function cancels when the transmission is in (R . Controls When driving after dark, the automatic dimming rearview mirror and power door mirrors * reduce the glare from headlights behind you. Mirror with bezel 1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors * Sensor Mirror without bezel * Not available on all models 177 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 178 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors Power Door Mirrors Selector Switch You can adjust the door mirrors when the power mode is in ON. ■ Mirror position adjustment Folding Button Adjustment Switch Controls L/R selector switch: Select the left or right mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the switch to the center position. Mirror position adjustment switch: Press the switch left, right, up, or down to move the mirror. ■ Folding door mirrors * Press the folding

button to fold in and out the door mirrors. ■ Reverse Tilt Door Mirror Slide the selector switch to left or right to tilt down either side door mirror. 178 * Not available on all models If activated, either side door mirror automatically tilts downward when you change the gear position to (R ; this improves close-in visibility on the selected side of the vehicle when backing up. The mirror automatically returns to its original position when you change the gear position out of (R . To activate this feature, set the power mode to ON and slide the selector switch to the left or right side. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 179 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors ■ Expanded View Driver’s Mirror Outer Segment Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver’s side door mirror appear smaller than objects in the rest of the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than they appear. Do not rely on

your mirrors. Always look to the side and behind your vehicle before changing lanes. Controls Inner Segment The driver’s side door mirror has outer and inner segments. The outer segment is slightly curved to provide a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror. This wider view may help you check areas that are not visible using a standard door mirror. 1Expanded View Driver’s Mirror 179 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 180 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Adjusting the Seats Adjusting the Seat Positions Allow sufficient space. Move back. Controls Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, well back in the seat and be able to adequately press the pedals without leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far back from the front airbag in

the dashboard as possible. ■ Adjusting the front power seats 180 * Not available on all models 3 WARNING Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious injury or death if the front airbags inflate. Always sit as far back from the front airbags as possible while maintaining control of the vehicle. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest. Horizontal Position Adjustment Driver’s side/ Passenger’s side * Height Adjustment 1Adjusting the Seats Always make seat adjustments before driving. Lumbar Support Adjustment (Driver’s seat only) Seat-back Angle Adjustment 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 181 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions ■ Adjusting the Seat-Backs 1Adjusting the Seat-Backs Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a

comfortable, upright position, leaving ample space between your chest and the airbag cover in the center of the steering wheel. Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury. Continued Reclining the seat-back too far can result in serious injury or death in a crash. Adjust the seat-back to an upright position, and sit well back in the seat. Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag operation. Controls The front seat passenger should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, upright position. 3 WARNING If you cannot get far enough away from the steering wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend that you investigate

whether some type of adaptive equipment may help. 181 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 182 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions ■ Adjusting the Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions. Controls Position head in the center of the head restraint. Head restraints are most effective for protection against whiplash and other rearimpact crash injuries when the center of the back of the occupant’s head rests against the center of the restraint. The tops of the occupant’s ears should be level with the center height of the restraint. ■ Adjusting the front and rear outer head restraint positions To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button. 182 1Adjusting the Head Restraints 3 WARNING Improperly positioning head restraints reduces their effectiveness and increases the

likelihood of serious injury in a crash. Make sure head restraints are in place and positioned properly before driving. In order for the head restraint system to work properly: • Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or from the restraint legs. • Do not place any objects between an occupant and the seat-back. • Install each restraint in its proper location. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 183 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions ■ Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Positions ■ Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints Controls A passenger sitting in the center back seating position should adjust the height of their head restraint to an appropriate position before the vehicle begins moving. To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button. 1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair. 3 WARNING To remove a head restraint: Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the restraint up and out. Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the head restraints can result in severe injury during a crash. To reinstall a head restraint: Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position. Always replace the head restraints before driving. Continued 183 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 184 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions ■ Maintain a Proper Sitting Position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their seats, with their feet

on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is off. Controls Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased. In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an inflating front airbag. 184 1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position 3 WARNING Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious injury or death in a crash. Always sit upright, well back in the seat, with your feet on the floor. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 185 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats Rear Seats ■ 60/40 Split Folding Down the Rear Seats 1. Remove the center shoulder belt

from the guide. Center Shoulder Belt 160/40 Split Folding Down the Rear Seats The rear seat-backs can be folded down to accommodate bulkier items in the trunk. Never drive with a seat-back folded down and the trunk lid open. 2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 66 Release Lever 2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release the lock. Controls Guide To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until it locks. When returning a seat-back to it’s original position, push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide. Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work improperly. 2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 52 3. Fold the seat-back down If the rear head restraints get caught on the front seat-backs, remove the head restraints. 2 Removing and Reinstalling the Head

Restraints P. 183 Also make sure all items in the trunk or items extending through the opening into the rear seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have to brake hard. The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold down. 185 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 186 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest Armrest ■ Using the Rear Seat Armrest Pull down the armrest in the center seat-back. Controls 186 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 187 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items Interior Lights ■ Interior Light Switches Door Activated Position Off ■ ON The interior lights come on regardless whether the doors are open or closed. ■ Door activated The interior lights come on in the following situations: • When any doors are opened. • You unlock the

driver’s door. • When the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). ■ OFF The interior lights remain off regardless whether the doors are open or closed. In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed. The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following situations: • When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open it. • When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) but do not open a door. You can change the interior lights dimming time. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 The interior lights go off immediately in the following situations: • When you lock the driver’s door. • When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY mode. • When you set the power mode to ON. Controls On 1Interior Light Switches If you leave any doors open, the interior lights go off after about 15 minutes. Continued 187 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 188 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights ■ Map Lights Front Controls 188 Rear 1Map Lights The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the (map light) button. When the ceiling light switch is in the door activated position and any door is open, the map light will not go off when you press the (map light) button. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 189 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items Interior Convenience Items ■ Glove Box 1Glove Box Press the button to open the glove box. You can lock the glove box with the built-in key. Release Button 3 WARNING An open glove box can cause serious injury to your passenger in a crash, even if the passenger is wearing the seat belt. Always keep the glove box closed while driving. Controls To Lock Glove Box Tabs ■ Removable shelf The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To

remove it, disengage the tabs. Shelf The removable shelf can be stored upside down in the glove box. Continued 189 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 190 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Console Compartment 1Console Compartment Pull the handle to open the console compartment. Controls 190 The console compartment light comes on when the parking lights are on. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 191 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Center Pocket Lid To access the center pocket, push the lid forward until the latch engages. To close it, push forward on the tab until the latch releases, then allow the lid to slide to the fully closed position. Tray To open the center pocket tray, push the tray forward until it latches. To close it, push forward

on the tab until the latch release, then pull the tray rearward to the fully closed position. Controls Tab Tab Continued 191 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 192 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Beverage Holders 1Beverage Holders ■ Front seat beverage holders Are located in the console between the front seats. NOTICE Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and electrical components in the interior. Be careful when you are using the beverage holders. Hot liquid can scald you. Controls ■ Front door side beverage holders Are located on the both of front door side pockets. ■ Rear seat beverage holders Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat beverage holders. 192 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 193 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience

Items ■ Accessory Power Sockets 1Accessory Power Sockets The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or ON. ■ Accessory power socket (center pocket) Open the lid and the tray to access. NOTICE Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter element. This can overheat the power socket. The accessory power sockets are designed to supply power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 180 watts or less (15 amps). Controls To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket with the engine running. ■ Accessory power socket (console compartment) Open the console lid and the cover to access. Continued 193 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 194 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Coat Hooks 1Coat Hooks There is a coat hook on the rear grab handle of both sides. Pull it down to use it Controls 194 There is a coat hook on the

door pillar of both sides. The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy items. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 195 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Under-Floor Storage Area 1Under-Floor Storage Area Models with plastic storage bin Pull the strap and open the lid. Models with foam storage bin Models with plastic storage bin The reverse side of the cargo floor lid is water resistance. Flip the lid to use the water resistance side. Do not leave water, soil, sand, or perishable foods in the storage area. Rotting food and dirt on the floor may cause the breakdown of electrical equipment. Controls Strap Models with plastic storage bin Strap Continued 195 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 196 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items Canadian models

1Heated Steering Wheel * ■ Heated Steering Wheel * The power mode must be in ON to use the heated steering wheel. Press the button on the left side of the steering wheel. Controls When a comfortable temperature is reached, press the button again to turn it off. The heated steering wheel is turned off every time you start the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle. 196 * Not available on all models Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 197 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation * 1Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation * If the power mode is in ON: Seat heater - The HI setting heats the seats warmer than the LO setting. Seat ventilation *

- The HI setting ventilates the seats more than the LO setting. Models without seat ventilation 1. Select . 2. Change the setting with one of the following: The Heat/Cool * level indicators: Select your desired level setting. The left is for a LO setting, the center is for a MID setting, and to the right for a HI setting. (+ / (- : To go up or down one level at a time. AUTO *: The system automatically selects the setting most suitable to the ambient environment. OFF: Turn off the system. Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters. Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g, persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters. Controls Models with seat ventilation 3 WARNING Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start. When a comfortable temperature is reached

while using the seat heaters in HI, select MID or LO to keep the seat warm. * Not available on all models Continued 197 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 198 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Rear Seat Heaters * 1Rear Seat Heaters * If the power mode is in ON: The HI setting heats the seats warmer than the LO setting. Controls There is no heater in the rear center seating position. Press the seat heater button: Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) Three times - The LO setting Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on) When a comfortable temperature is reached while using the seat heaters in HI, select MID or LO to keep the seat warm. ■ Sunglasses Holder You can store eyeglasses and other small items in this holder. 198 * Not available on all models Heat induced burns are possible when using seat

heaters. Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g, persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters. Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start. 1Sunglasses Holder To open the sunglasses holder, push and release the indent. To close, push it again until it latches. Push 3 WARNING Keep the holder closed while driving except when accessing stored items. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 199 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Climate Control System Using Automatic Climate Control The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1Using

Automatic Climate Control Models with navigation system See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system. Passenger’s Side Temperature Driver’s Side Temperature Driver’s Side Temperature Control Switch (On/Off) Button Passenger’s Side Temperature Control Switch Controls If any buttons/icons on the touch screen are pressed while using the climate control system in AUTO, the function of the button/icon that was pressed will take priority. The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be controlled automatically. Models with Auto Idle Stop During the Auto Idle Stop, the air conditioning system will be turned off. All models To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the fan may operate at low speed for a while after the AUTO button has been pressed. AUTO Button Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Press the AUTO button 2. Adjust

the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side temperature control switch. 3. Press the (On/Off) button to cancel. Continued If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down more rapidly by partially opening the windows, turning the system on auto, and setting the temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to recirculation mode until the temperature cools down. When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed. 199 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 200 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ Operating from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM In addition to the button/switch operations, you can control the climate control system from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM touch screen. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Shortcuts Icon Controls Driver’s Side Temperature Control Icon Passenger’s Side Temperature Control Icon Vent Mode

Icon Recirculation/Fresh Air mode Icon A/C (Air Conditioning) and SYNC (Synchronized) Icon 200 Fan Control Icon 1Using Automatic Climate Control Models with navigation system See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system. Pressing the button switches the climate control system between on and off. When turned on, the system returns to your last selection. When you unlock the doors with your remote, the driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the climate control settings are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON. You can store two customized climate control settings to the system and recall them from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. 2 Shortcuts P. 205 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 201 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ Changing the interior

temperature setting The side you selected. Temperature bar: Select a point where your desired temperature setting is. Farther to the left is for a lower, and to the right for a higher setting. 3/4: To raise or lower the temperature setting one degree at a time. While you select and hold 3/4, the temperature decreases or increases. MAX COOL ON/OFF: To rapidly cool down the interior. u The AUTO indicator goes off. The setting returns to the previously selected value when you select it again. MAX HEAT ON/OFF: To rapidly warm up the interior. u The AUTO indicator goes off. The setting returns to the previously selected value when you select it again. Continued When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed. Models with Auto Idle Stop If you select the MAX COOL ON/OFF or MAX HEAT ON/OFF during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically. Controls Temperature Bar 1Using Automatic Climate Control 1. Select the driver’s or passenger’s side

temperature control. 2. Change the temperature setting from the following: 201 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 202 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ Switching the vent mode 1Switching the vent mode 1. Select a desired vent mode icon, or Mode Auto: The system automatically selects the vent mode most suitable to the ambient environment. Controls Vent mode : Dashboard vents and back of the center console : Dashboard and floor vents, and back of the center console : Floor vents : Floor and defroster vents ■ A/C on and off 1. Select A/C 2. Select ON or OFF 202 While the climate control system is in AUTO, Mode Auto is highlighted. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 203 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ SYNC on and off 1SYNC on and off When you press the button, the system

changes to synchronized mode. When the system is not in SYNC mode, the driver’s side temperature and the front passenger’s side temperature can be set separately. You can also turn off SYNC mode by changing the front passenger’s side temperature. Models with navigation system The system adjusts each temperature based on the information of the sunlight sensor and the sun position updated by the GPS. ■ Changing the fan speed Fan Speed Level Indicators 1. Select . 2. Change the fan speed with one of the following: The fan speed level indicators: Select your desired speed level. The smaller indicator is for a slower speed, and the larger for a faster speed. (+ / (- : To go up or down one level at a time. Fan AUTO: The system automatically selects the fan speed most suitable to the ambient environment. Continued Controls 1. Select SYNC 2. Select ON for synchronized mode, and OFF for dual mode. u When in synchronized mode, the passenger’s side temperature and vent mode

become the same as the driver’s side settings. 3. Adjust the temperature or change the mode from the driver’s side. 1Changing the fan speed While the climate control system is in AUTO, Fan AUTO is highlighted. 203 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 204 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes 1. Select or currently shown. 2. Switch the mode depending on environmental conditions to the following: Controls 204 (Recirculation Mode): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through the system. (Fresh Air Mode): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode in normal situations. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 205 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ Shortcuts 1Shortcuts You can also store a set by pressing

and holding the preset number you want to store that setting after step 3. Controls You can store two sets of your preferred temperature, fan speed, and vent mode settings to the climate control system. To store a set of the climate control settings: 1. Select Shortcuts 2. Adjust the climate control system to your preference. 3. Select Climate 4. Select Edit 5. Select Add 6. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 you want to store your settings to. To recall one of the settings: 1. Select Shortcuts 2. Select Climate 3. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 To delete a preset: 1. Select Shortcuts 2. Select Climate 3. Select Edit 4. Select Delete 5. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 you want to delete. Continued 205 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 206 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows Pressing the button turns the air conditioning system on and automatically switches

the system to fresh air mode. Press the button again to turn off, the system returns to the previous settings. For your safety, make sure you have a clear view through all the windows before driving. Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower limit. When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the windshield may fog up. If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that the air hits the side windows. Controls Models with Auto Idle Stop If you press the button during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically. 1To rapidly defrost the windows ■ To rapidly defrost the windows 1. Press the button. 2. Select the recirculation mode 2 Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes P. 204 206 1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes visibility. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 207 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors Automatic Climate Control Sensors Sensor The automatic climate control system is equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill any liquid on them. Controls Sensor 207 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 208 208 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 209 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Features This chapter describes how to operate technology features. Audio System About Your Audio System. 210 USB Port . 211 Auxiliary Input Jack . 212 Audio System Theft Protection . 213 Audio Remote Controls. 214 Audio System Basic Operation . 215 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. 216 Audio/Information Screen . 222 Adjusting the Sound . 226 Display Setup . 227 Playing AM/FM Radio . 228 * Not available on all models Playing SiriusXM® Radio . 232 Playing a CD . 235

Playing an iPod . 238 Playing Internet Radio . 242 Playing a USB Flash Drive . 245 Playing Bluetooth® Audio. 248 Audio Error Messages CD Player. 250 iPod/USB Flash Drive . 251 Pandora® . 252 AhaTM Radio. 254 General Information on the Audio System SiriusXM® Radio Service . 255 Recommended CDs . 256 Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives . 258 Customized Features. 259 Defaulting All the Settings . 276 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver . 277 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Using HFL . 280 HFL Menus . 282 Compass * . 314 209 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 210 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Audio System About Your Audio System Models with navigation system 1About Your Audio System Images shown are for models without navigation system. See the Navigation System Manual for operation of the audio system, AcuraLink®, Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®, and voice commands for these features. Models without navigation system The audio system

features AM/FM radio and the SiriusXM® Radio service. It can also play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices. You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, or the icons on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. SiriusXM® Radio is available on a subscription basis only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio, contact a dealer. 2 General Information on the Audio System P. 255 SiriusXM® Radio is available in the United States and Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico. SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc. Features Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not supported. iPod iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc. Remote Controls USB Flash Drive State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle. When the screen is viewed through polarized sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the screen

due to optical characteristics of the screen. If this is disturbing, please operate the screen without polarized sunglasses. 210 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 211 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio SystemuUSB Port USB Port Install the iPod dock connector or the USB flash drive to the USB port. 1USB Port • Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it. • Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub. • Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged. • We recommend your data backed up before using the device in your vehicle. • Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version. Features If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions provided with the iPod or

visit the following website: • U.S: wwwapplecom/ipod • Canada: www.applecom/ca/ipod 211 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 212 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack Auxiliary Input Jack Use the jack to connect standard audio devices. 1. Open the AUX cover 2. Connect a standard audio device to the input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo miniplug. u The audio system automatically switches to the AUX mode. Features 212 1Auxiliary Input Jack You can return to the AUX mode by selecting Change Source on the Audio menu screen or Audio Source on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 213 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection Audio System Theft Protection The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain

conditions, the system may display Enter code. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system ■ Reactivating the audio system 1. Set the power mode to ON 2. Turn on the audio system 3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked. Features 213 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 214 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls Audio Remote Controls Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. SOURCE Button Left Selector Wheel Cycles through the audio modes as follows: FM AM SiriusXM® CD USB/iPod Bluetooth® Audio Pandora® * AhaTM AUX SOURCE Button Features 214 Left Selector Wheel Roll Up: To increase the volume. Roll Down: To decrease the volume. Push: To

mute. Push again to unmute • When listening to the radio Move to the right: To select the next preset radio station. Move to the left: To select the previous preset radio station. Move to the right and hold: To select the next strong station. Move to the left and hold: To select the previous strong station. • When listening to a CD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio Move to the right: To skip to the next song. Move to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song. Move to the right and hold: To go to the group up. (Bluetooth® Audio only) Move to the left and hold: To go to the group down. (Bluetooth® Audio only) • When listening to a CD or USB flash drive Move to the right and hold: To skip to the next folder. Move to the left and hold: To go back to the previous folder. • When listening to Pandora® * Move to the right: To skip to the next song. Move to the right and hold: To select the next station. Move to the left and hold: To select the

previous station. * Not available on all models 1Audio Remote Controls The CD mode appears only when a CD is loaded. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 215 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Audio System Basic Operation To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. Use the interface dial or MENU button to BACK Button MENU Button access some audio functions. 1Audio System Basic Operation These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial. Rotate Button Interface Dial to select. Press to switch between the normal and extended display for some functions. Press to enter. Move , Interface dial: Rotate left or right to scroll through the available choices. Press to set your selection. Move right, left, up or down to select a secondary menu. MENU button: Press to select any mode. The available mode includes Change Source, Station List, Save Preset, Radio Text, Music Search, and play modes. Play modes

can be also selected from Scan, Random/ Repeat, and so on. BACK button: Press to go back to the previous display. (Day/Night) button: Press to change the audio/information screen brightness. Press once and make an adjustment using the interface dial. u Each time you press , the mode switches between the daytime mode, nighttime mode and off mode. Audio Menu Items 2 Station List P. 230 2 Save Preset P. 229, 234 2 Radio Text P. 231 2 Music Search P. 236, 240, 246 2 Scan P. 237, 247 2 Random/Repeat P. 237, 241, 247 , or to select a secondary menu. Features When you unlock the doors with your remote, the driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the audio system settings and preset memory are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON. 215 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 216 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display 午後１時５４分 TM On Demand Multi-Use

DisplayTM Use the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to operate the audio system. 1On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Models with navigation system ■ Selecting an Audio Source See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system. Select Audio Source. Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected. Select X to go back to the previous screen. Use the Features Source List Icons Select Audio Source, then select an icon on the source list to switch the audio source. ■ Displaying the Menu Items Select More. Select More to display the menu items. 216 Menu Items / / / icons to turn the page. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 217 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ■ Shortcuts Shortcuts Icon 1Shortcuts You can preset the settings of four categories (Phone, Climate, Audio) from Shortcuts. The

preset memory is cleared when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. Features Continued 217 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 218 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display 午後１時５４分 TM ■ Phone 1Phone Features You can preset five speed dial entries, and make a call from one of the preset numbers, or call history when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle‘s Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. 2 Phone Setup P 287 To preset a speed dial: 1. Select Shortcuts 2. Select Phone 3. Select Speed Dial 4. Select Edit or No Entry u If you select No Entry, go to step 6. 5. Select Add u Five presets appear. Select a No Entry preset or an existing preset. u The screen changes to a list of previously stored speed dial entries. 6. Select a number you want to store as a shortcut. To make a call from a speed dial entry: 1. Select Shortcuts

2. Select Phone 3. Select Speed Dial 4. Select a preset number u Dialing starts automatically. 218 Dial icon You can make a call using the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to input numbers. 2 To make a call using a phone number P. 303 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 219 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM To delete a speed dial: 1. Select Shortcuts 2. Select Phone 3. Select Speed Dial 4. Select Edit 5. Select Delete 6. Select the preset number with the phone number you want to delete 1Phone To make a call from call history: 1. Select Shortcuts 2. Select Phone 3. Select Call History 4. Select a phone number u Dialing starts automatically. The call history displays the last six dialed, received, or missed calls. Features ■ Climate 2 Shortcuts P. 205 Continued 219 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 220 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 uuAudio

System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display 午後１時５４分 TM ■ Audio You can store up to six radio stations when playing AM, FM, or SiriusXM® Radio. To preset a station or song: 1. Tune to a radio station 2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 228 2 Playing SiriusXM® Radio P. 232 Features 2. Select Shortcuts 3. Select Audio 4. Select Edit or No Entry u If you select No Entry, go to step 6. 5. Select Add 6. Select the preset icon you want to store the station or song to. To play a preset station or song: 1. Select Shortcuts 2. Select Audio 3. Select a preset icon To delete a preset station or song: 1. Select Shortcuts 2. Select Audio 3. Select Edit 4. Select Delete 5. Select the preset icon with the radio station or a song you want to delete. 220 1Audio You can also preset a station or song by pressing and holding the preset icon you want to store that station or song after step 3. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 221 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ■ Adjusting the Sound 1Adjusting the Sound 1. Select More, then Sound Settings 2. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the setting. Select Off, Low, Mid or High for the SVC setting. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 226 Instead of using (+ , (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is. 1Changing the Screen Settings 1. Select More, then Screen Settings 2. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the setting. Features ■ Changing the Screen Settings The following are adjustable screen settings: • Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes with the instruments panel brightness. • Brightness • Contrast • Black Level • Display Changes between the daytime or nighttime modes. • Beep Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the screen. • Keyboard Changes the on-screen keyboard from the alphabetical order to the qwerty type. •

Vibration Turns on and off the vibration when you touch the screen. • Fade Timer Sets the screen black out timing. Instead of using (+ , (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is. 221 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 222 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Audio/Information Screen Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various setup options. ■ Switching the Display Press the PHONE, INFO and AUDIO buttons to go to the corresponding display. Phone Info Audio Features PHONE Button 222 INFO Button AUDIO Button 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 223 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Audio Shows the current audio information. ■ Phone Shows the HFL information. 2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P 280 ■ Info Shows the

Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper and other information. Rotate to select an item, then press . ■ Trip computer (Current Drive) ■ Trip computer (History of Trip A) Features Shows the range and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy from your last trip. Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three driving cycles. Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The history of the previous three driving cycles is kept. ■ Deleting the history manually 1. Move on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History, then press 2. A confirmation message appears on the screen Rotate to select Yes, then press . ■ Clock/Wallpaper Shows a clock screen or an image you import. Continued 223 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 224 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Wallpaper Setup 1Wallpaper Setup You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen. ■ Import wallpaper You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash drive. 1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port. 2 USB Port P. 211 Features 224 2. Press the SETTINGS button 3. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock, Clock/Wallpaper Type. 4. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen will change to the wallpaper list. 5. Rotate to select Add New, then press 6. Rotate to select a desired picture. u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. 7. Press u The confirmation message will appear. Then the display will return to the wallpaper list. • When importing wallpaper files, the image must be in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported. • The

file name must be fewer than 255 characters. • The file format of the image that can be imported is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). • The individual file size limit is 6 MB. • The maximum image size is 4,800 x 4,800 pixels. • If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures, the No files detected message appears. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 225 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Select wallpaper 1Wallpaper Setup 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type. 3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list. 4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper. u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. 5. Press u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 6. Rotate to select Set, then press . u The display will return to the wallpaper list. From the pop-up menu,

rotate to select Preview and press to see a preview at full-size screen. Features ■ Delete wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type. 3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list. 4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 5. Rotate to select Delete, then press . u The confirmation message will appear. 6. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely. u The display will return to the wallpaper list. . To go back to the previous screen, press OK. to select When the file size is large, it takes a while to be previewed. 225 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 226 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound Adjusting the Sound 1. Press the

SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Sound, then press . Rotate choices: SETTINGS Button to scroll through the following The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High. SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases As you slow down, audio volume decreases. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 221 Bass Treble Features Fader Balance Subwoofer SVC 226 1Adjusting the Sound Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 227 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup Display Setup You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen. ■ Changing the Screen Brightness 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press . 4. Rotate to adjust the setting. You can change

the Contrast and Black Level settings in the same manner. Features ■ Changing the Screen’s Color Theme 1Changing the Screen Brightness 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Background Color, then press . 4. Rotate to select the setting you want, then press . 227 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 228 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Playing AM/FM Radio Models with navigation system Audio/Information Screen Audio Source Select to change a band or change an audio source. See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM (Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off. Features VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume. Presets Select to store a station. Tune Up/Down Icons Select or to tune

the radio frequency. To listen to a stored channel, select 1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM). More Select to display the menu items. Skip/Seek Icons Select or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal. Tune Up/Down Icons BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. 228 MENU Button Press to display the menu items. Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select preset radio stations. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 229 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio ■ Preset Memory 1Playing AM/FM Radio The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available. To store a station: Interface Dial 1. Tune to the selected station 2. Press the MENU button 3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press . 4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to

store that station, then press . You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into the preset memory. Features You can also store that station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the selected station 2. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station. 3. Press and hold for a few seconds. Switching the Audio Mode Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 214 You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU button and selecting Change Source on the Audio menu screen. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1. Tune to the selected station 2. Select More 3. Select Save Preset 4. Select the preset number you want to store that station You can also store that station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the selected station 2. Change the display to the preset screen 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station Continued 229 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 230 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio ■ Radio Data System (RDS) Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station. ■ To find an RDS station from Station List 1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station 2. Rotate to select Station List, then press . 3. Rotate to select the station, then press . ■ Manual update Features 230 Updates your available station list at any time. 1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station 2. Rotate to select Station List, then press . 3. Rotate to select Refresh, then press . 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 231 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio ■ Radio text Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station. 1. Press the MENU button 2. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press . ■ Scan Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for

10 seconds. Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button 2. Rotate to select Scan, then press . To turn off scan, press to select Cancel Scan, or press the BACK button. 1. Select More 2. Select Scan To turn off scan, select Cancel Scan. Features On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 231 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 232 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio Playing SiriusXM® Radio Models with navigation system Audio/Information Screen Audio Source Select to change an audio source. See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM (Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off. Features VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume. Presets Select to store a station. Category Up/Down Icons Select or to display and select an SiriusXM® Radio category. To listen to a

stored channel, select 1-12. More Select to display the menu items. Channel Up/Down Icons Select or to the previous or next channel. Tune Up/Down Icons BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. 232 MENU Button Press to display the menu items. Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select preset radio stations. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 233 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ To Play SiriusXM® Radio 1Playing SiriusXM® Radio In the channel mode, all available channels are selectable. In the category mode, you can select a channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.) 1. Select the SiriusXM® mode 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 214 2 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM P. 216 There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This does not

indicate a problem with your audio system. Interface Dial 2. Press the MENU button 3. Rotate to select Channel List, then press . 4. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press On Demand Multi-Use Display . TM To change the tune mode: Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button 2. Rotate to select XM Tune Mode, then press . 3. Rotate to select Channel Mode or Category Mode, then press Features 2. Select a channel using the , , , icons on the tune mode screen or the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen. SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order, which can take about a minute. Once they have loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make your selections. . On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1. Select More 2. Select XM Tune Mode 3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode Continued 233 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 234 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■

Preset Memory To store a station: Interface Dial 1. Tune to the selected station 2. Press the MENU button 3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press . 4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press . Features You can also store that station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the selected station 2. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station. 3. Press and hold for a few seconds. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1. Tune to the selected station 2. Select More 3. Select Save Preset 4. Select the preset number you want to store that station You can also store that station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the selected station 2. Change the display to the preset screen 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station 234 1Playing SiriusXM® Radio You can store 12 SiriusXM® stations into the preset memory. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 235 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Playing a CD Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode Models with navigation system Audio/Information Screen Audio Source Select to change an audio source. (Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off. Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC. Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu. BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot. (CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD. Features VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume. See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for

models without navigation system. More Select to display the menu items. Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change tracks (files in MP3, WMA, or AAC). Select and hold to move rapidly within a track/file. MENU Button Press to display the menu items. *1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit. Continued 235 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 236 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD ■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List (MP3/WMA/AAC) NOTICE 1. Press the MENU button 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then press . Features Folder Selection 3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the Music Search list. File Selection 236 1Playing a CD You can also select a file by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the list. Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can

cause the CD to jam in the unit. WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, then skips to the next file. Text data appears on the display under the following circumstances: • When you select a new folder, file, or track. • When you change the audio mode to CD. • When you insert a CD. If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot, the system reloads the CD automatically after several seconds. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 237 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD ■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file. Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button 2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/ Repeat, then press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press Random/Repeat is selected. 1. Select More 2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat 3.

Select a mode Random/Repeat Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in the current folder. Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file. Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random order. Features On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM . Play Mode Menu Items Scan Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC). Random/Repeat is selected. ■ To turn off a play mode Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press On Demand Multi-Use Display . TM 1. Select More 2. Select the mode you want to turn off 237 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 238 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an

iPod Playing an iPod Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB port, then select the iPod mode. 2 USB Port P. 211 Models with navigation system Audio/Information Screen Album Art (Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off. Features VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume. Audio Source Select to change an audio source. Pause Icon See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system. USB Indicator Appears when an iPod is connected. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Album Bar Select to search for an album. Play Icon Album Art Icon More Select to display the menu items. Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu. BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. 238 Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change songs. Select and hold to move rapidly within a song. MENU

Button Press to display the menu items. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 239 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod ■ How to Select an Album 1How to Select an Album This function may not be available depending on models or versions. Select an album image. Select X to go back to the previous screen. Select the album bar. Album Bar Album Image Features 1. Select the album bar u The image of the current album is displayed. 2. Select or icon to search for an album. u When the album image you are looking for appears, select it to play. Continued 239 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 240 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod ■ How to Select a Song from the Music Search List 1. Press the MENU button 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then press . 1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List Available

operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle’s audio system. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 251 Features 3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a song from the Music Search list. You can also select a song by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to select a song from the list. 240 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 241 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod ■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file. Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button 2. Rotate to select Shuffle/Repeat, then press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press . Features On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Play Mode Menu Items Repeat Song: Repeats the current

track. Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. 1. Select More 2. Select Shuffle/Repeat 3. Select a mode ■ To turn off a play mode Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press On Demand Multi-Use Display . TM 1. Select More 2. Select the mode you want to turn off 241 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 242 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio Compatible phones only Playing Internet Radio Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®. iPhone You can also connect the phone using your dock connector to the USB port. Select Audio Source to select Pandora or Aha mode. Audio/Information Screen Album Art

Features Audio Source Select Pandora® or AhaTM. Models with navigation system See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system. Bluetooth® Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL. USB Indicator Appears when a phone is connected. (Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off. Rating Icon VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume. Station Up/Down Icons Select to change a station. Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a song. BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu. 242 1Playing Internet Radio On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Skip Icon Select to skip a song. More Select to display the menu items. Like/Dislike Icons Select to evaluate a song. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 243 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio U.S models 1Playing Internet Radio ■ Pandora® Menu U.S models You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio system. The available items are: • Skip Forward • Dislike • Play/Pause • Bookmark Track • Station List • Bookmark Artist • Like • Change Source ■ Operating a menu item To select Change Source, press the MENU button, then press . To find out if your phone is compatible with this feature, visit www.acuracom/handsfreelink, or call 1-888-528-7876. Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest. To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app must first be installed on your phone. Visit www.pandoracom for more information Features The menu items are shown in the lower half of the

audio/information screen. Rotate to select an item and press . Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission Pandora is currently available exclusively in the United States. If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth® Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio system is selected. 1Pandora® Menu Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle’s audio system. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 Pandora® P. 252 There are restrictions on the number of songs you can skip or dislike in a given hour. Continued 243 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 244 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio ■ AhaTM Radio Menu 1AhaTM Radio Menu You

can operate some of the AhaTM menu items from your vehicle’s audio system. The available items are: • Like • Tracks • Dislike • Reply • Play/Pause • Change Source • 15sec rewind • Stations • 30sec Skip ■ Operating a menu item Features The menu items are shown in the lower half of the audio/information screen. Rotate to select an item and press . To select Change Source or Stations, press the MENU button, then press . AhaTM by Harman is a cloud-based service that organizes your favorite web content into live radio stations. You can access podcasts, internet radio, location-based services, and audio updates from social media sites. Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle’s audio system. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 AhaTM Radio P. 254 The menu items vary depending on the station you selected. To use this service in your vehicle, the

AcuraLink Streams app must be installed on your phone. For more information visit: • U.S: ownersacuracom/apps • Canada: acura.ca/owners/acuralink/streams You must have a previously set up Aha account prior to using the service in your vehicle. For more information visit: • U.S: wwwaharadiocom • Canada: acura.ca/owners/acuralink/streams 244 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 245 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode. 2 USB Port P. 211 Audio/Information Screen Audio Source Select to change an audio source. 1Playing a USB Flash Drive Models with navigation system See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation

system. USB Indicator Appears when a USB flash drive is connected. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Features (Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off. VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume. Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu. BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder. More Select to display the menu items. Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files. Select and hold to move rapidly within a file. MENU Button Press to display the menu items. *1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit. Continued 245 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 246 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive ■ How to Select a File

from the Music Search List 1. Press the MENU button 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then press . 1Playing a USB Flash Drive Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System P. 255 Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights management (DRM) are not played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then skips to the next file. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 251 Folder Selection Features 3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the Music Search list. File Selection 246 You can also select a file by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the list. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 247 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive ■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select

a Play Mode Play Mode Menu Items Scan Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder. You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file. Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button 2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/ Repeat, then press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press Random/Repeat is selected. 1. Select More 2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat 3. Select a mode Random/Repeat Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder. Repeat Track: Repeats the current file. Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order. Features On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM . Random/Repeat is selected. ■ To turn off a play mode Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press On Demand Multi-Use Display . TM 1. Select More 2.

Select the mode you want to turn off 247 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 248 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio Playing Bluetooth® Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. 2 Phone Setup P. 287 Audio/Information Screen Audio Source Select to change an audio source. Features (Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off. VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume. Pause Icon Interface Dial/ ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu. 248 Bluetooth® Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL. On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM 1Playing Bluetooth® Audio Models with navigation system See

the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system. Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: • U.S: Visit wwwacuracom/handsfreelink, or call 1888-528-7876 • Canada: Visit www.handsfreelinkca, or call 1-888528-7876 In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data device functions while driving. Folder Up/Down Icons Select or to change folders. Play Icon More Select to display the menu items. Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files. MENU Button Press to display the menu items. If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 249 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio ■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files 1To Play Bluetooth® Audio

Files 1. Make sure that your phone is paired and connected to HFL. 2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode If the phone is not recognized, another HFLcompatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be connected. Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button 2. Rotate to select Play or Pause, then press . The pause function may not be available on some phones. Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone. This function may not be available on some phones. Features ■ To pause or resume a file To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating instructions. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Select the play icon or pause icon. 249 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 250 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Audio Error Messages CD Player If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages. Error Message Unplayable File Bad Disc Please

Check Owner’s Manual Push Eject Cause Track/file format not supported Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file plays automatically. Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the error message is cleared. Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the disc again. Mechanical error 2 Protecting CDs P. 257 Mecha Error Features 250 Solution If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out the disc. Insert a different disc. If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc. If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed, contact a dealer. Do not try to force the disc out of the player. Bad Disc Please Check Owner’s Manual Servo error Check Disc Disc error Heat Error High temperature Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed. 2 Protecting CDs P. 257 Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until the error message is cleared. 16 ACURA

TLX-31TZ36100.book 251 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive iPod/USB Flash Drive If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer Error Message Solution Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the audio system. Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owner’s Manual Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device Then turn the audio system off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error Unsupported Version Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected, update the iPod software to the newer version. Connect Retry Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod Unplayable File Appears when the files in the

USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song. Features USB Error iPod Appears when the iPod is empty. USB flash drive No Data Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash drive. iPod and USB flash drive Check that compatible files are stored on the device. Unsupported Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is connected, reconnect the device. 251 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 252 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora® U.S models Pandora® If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer. Error Message Features 252 Solution Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owner’s Manual Appears when an incompatible device is connected.

Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again Do not reconnect the device that caused the error. No stations have been created. Please create a station on the device. Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device to create a station. Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may Appears when you try to skip a song or select Dislike over the skip each hour. predetermined number of times in an hour. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 253 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora® Error Message Solution Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again later No data Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated. Reboot the app and reconnect the device. PANDORA App version is not supported. Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update Pandora® to the latest version. PANDORA system maintenance Appears when the

Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again later. Cannot connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your mobile device. Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your device. Features Unable to save rating. Unable to save bookmark or Unable to skip 253 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 254 ページ uuAudio Error MessagesuAha TM ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Radio AhaTM Radio If an error occurs while playing AhaTM Radio, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer. Error Message Solution U.S models Cannot connect to aha. When stopped, check your mobile device. Features 254 Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owner’s Manual Appears when the AhaTM app is not activated. Check your device Canadian models Appears when the AcuraLinkTM Streams app is not activated. Check your device. Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio

system off, and turn it on again Do not reconnect the device that caused the error. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 255 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 General Information on the Audio System SiriusXM® Radio Service ■ Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio 1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription To see the ID in the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, select until CH 000 and the radio ID appears. 2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM® website to subscribe. ■ Receiving SiriusXM® Radio ■ SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages Loading: SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information. Ch off air: The channel is not currently broadcasting. Ch unauthorized: SiriusXM® Radio is receiving information update from the network. No signal: The signal is too weak in the current location. Ch unavailable: No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription,

or the artist or title information is unavailable. Check antenna: There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio: • U.S: SiriusXM® Radio at wwwsiriusxmcom or (800) 852-9696 • Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.siriusxmca or 1-877-438-9677 1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator; therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and mountains the farther north you travel from the equator. Features Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by pressing the SOURCE button repeatedly or operating the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception. 1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio You may experience reception problems under the following circumstances: • In a location with

an obstruction to the south of your vehicle. • In tunnels • On the lower level of a multi-tiered road • Large items carried on the roof rack 255 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 256 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs Recommended CDs • Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use. • Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed. • Play only standard round-shaped CDs. The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks. ■ CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files Features 256 • Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. • Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported. 1Recommended CDs A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not play either. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 257 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uRecommended CDs ■ Protecting CDs Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs: • Store a CD in its case when it is not being played. • When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge. • Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface • Never insert foreign objects into the CD player. • Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat. • Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD. • Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD. 1Protecting CDs NOTICE Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside and damage the audio unit. Examples: Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick CDs Bubbled/ Wrinkled Using Printer Label Kit Sealed With Plastic Ring Poor quality Damaged CDs CDs Chipped/ Cracked Small CDs Warped Features With Label/ Sticker Burrs 3-inch (8-cm) CD 257 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 258 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives ■ iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility Model iPod (5th generation) iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007) iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008) iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009) iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) launch in 2012 iPod touch (1st to 7th generation) launch in 2012 iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s Features 258 ■ USB Flash Drives • Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher. • Some digital audio players may not be compatible. • Some USB flash drives (e.g, a device with security lockout) may not work • Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. • Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported. 1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility This system may not work with all software

versions of these devices. 1USB Flash Drives Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored order. This order may be different from the order displayed on your PC or device. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 259 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Customized Features Models with navigation system 1Customized Features See the Navigation System Manual for the customized features except for the Vehicle Settings. When you customize settings, make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to (P . Models without navigation system To customize other features, rotate , move or , and press . 2 List of customizable options P. 264 Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features. , , ■ How to customize Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press Audio/Information Screen Features SETTINGS Button

Continued 259 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 260 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu ■ Customization flow Press the SETTINGS button. Display System Settings Bluetooth Features Voice Recognition Sync Display Brightness Brightness Contrast Black Level Bluetooth Status Bluetooth Device List Edit pairing code Voice Prompt Default Clock Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock Wallpaper Clock Adjustment Clock Format Others 260 * Not available on all models Language Display Operation Restriction Tips * Background Color Header Clock Display Factory Data Reset 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 261 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu Driver Assist System Setup Meter Setup Default * Not available on all models Driving Position Setup Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display “Trip A” Reset Timing “Trip B” Reset Timing Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance

Screens * Turn by Turn Display * Memory Position Link Auto Seatbelt Tension * Keyless Access Setup Door Unlock Mode Keyless Access Beep Volume Keyless Access Light Flash Keyless Access Beep Remote Start System On/Off * Lighting Setup Interior Light Dimming Time Headlight Auto Off Timer Auto Light Sensitivity Continued Features Vehicle Settings Forward Collision Warning Distance * ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep * ACC Display Speed Unit * Road Departure Mitigation Setting * Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep * Blind Spot Info * 261 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 262 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu Door Setup Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock Key And Remote Unlock Mode Keyless Lock Answer Back Security Relock Timer IDS Setup Preferred IDS Mode Maintenance Info. Navi Settings Maintenance Reset See the Navigation System Manual. Features Camera Settings*1 Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline Default Camera

Settings*2 Rear Camera Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline Cross Traffic Monitor *1: Models without cross traffic monitor *2: Models with cross traffic monitor *3: May change depending on your currently selected source. 262 Default Audio Settings Default Sound Source Select Popup Cover Art*3 Connect Bluetooth Audio Device*3 Bluetooth Device List*3 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 263 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu Phone Connect Phone Default Bluetooth Device List Add Bluetooth Device Disconnect Edit Bluetooth Device Add Bluetooth Device Phone Settings Default Text/Email Features Edit Speed Dial Auto Transfer Auto Answer Ring Tone Automatic Phone Sync Use Contact Photo Enable Text/Email Select Account New Text/Email Alert Message Auto Reading Default Info Settings Clock Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock Adjustment Clock Format Default Other Info Screen Preference Continued 263 16 ACURA

TLX-31TZ36100.book 264 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu ■ List of customizable options Setup Group Customizable Features Features Bluetooth Selects whether the display brightness synchronizes with the instrument panel brightness. Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/information screen. Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/information screen. Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/information screen. Bluetooth Status Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a paired phone, and creates a security PIN. 264 On*1/Off On*1/Off 2 Phone Setup P. 287 Edit pairing code *1:Default Setting Selectable Settings Sync Display Brightness Display System Settings Description Changes a pairing code. 2 To change the pairing code setting P. 289 Random/Fixed*1 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 265 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Voice Recognition Voice Prompt Clock Clock/ Wallpaper Type System Settings Selectable Settings • Beginner: Explains each option. • Expert: Turns off voice prompts. Beginner*1/Expert Changes the clock display type. Analog/Digital*1/ Small Digital/Off Changes the wallpaper type. Imports an image file for a new wallpaper. Deletes an image file for a wallpaper. Wallpaper Blank/Galaxy*1/ Metallic/Add New Features Clock Description 2 Wallpaper Setup P. 224 Clock Adjustment Clock Format Adjusts Clock. 2 Clock P. 138 Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H *1:Default Setting Continued 265 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 266 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Changes the display language. English*1/Français/ Español

Display Operation Restriction Tips * Alerts you when manual control of the system is disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only voice commands are available. On*1/Off Background Color Changes the background color of the audio/ information screen and the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM. Blue*1/Amber/Red/ Green Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On*1/Off Features Factory Data Reset Default *1:Default Setting 266 Selectable Settings Language Others System Settings Description * Not available on all models Resets all the settings to their factory default. 2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 276 Cancels/Resets all customized items in the System Settings group as default. Default/OK 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 267 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Driver Assist System Setup Description Selectable Settings Forward Collision Warning Distance * Changes at

which distance FCW or CMBSTM alerts, or turns FCW on and off. Long/Normal*1/ Short/Off ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep * Causes the system to beep when the system detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC with LSF range. On/Off*1 ACC Display Speed Unit * Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the multi-information display. mph*1/km/h (U.S) mph/km/h*1 (Canada) Road Departure Mitigation Setting * Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation system. Normal*1/Wide/ Warning Only Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep * Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended. On/Off*1 Blind Spot Info * Changes the setting for the blind spot information. Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/ Off Features Vehicle Settings Customizable Features *1:Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 267 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 268 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup

Group Features Meter Setup Vehicle Settings Driving Position Setup Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings Language Selection Changes the displayed language on the multiinformation display. English*1/Français/ Español Adjust Outside Temp. Display Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees. -5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S) -3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C (Canada) “Trip A” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed time A. When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1 “Trip B” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed time B. When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1 Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens * Selects whether the Auto Idle Stop display comes on. On/Off*1 Turn by Turn Display * Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on during the route guidance. On*1/Off Memory Position Link Turns the

driving position memory system on and off. On*1/Off Auto Seatbelt Tension * Turns the auto seatbelt tension setting for the seat belt e-pretensioner on and off. On*1/Off *1:Default Setting 268 * Not available on all models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 269 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Description Selectable Settings Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the driver’s door handle. Driver Door Only*1/ All Doors Keyless Access Beep Volume Changes the beep volume. High*1/Low Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/lock the doors. On*1/Off Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/ lock the doors. On*1/Off Remote Start System On/ Off * Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On*1/Off Interior Light Dimming Time Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the

doors. 60seconds/ 30seconds*1/ 15seconds Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the driver’s door. 60seconds/ 30seconds/ 15seconds*1/ 0seconds Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid*1/ Low/Min Keyless Access Setup Vehicle Settings Lighting Setup Features Customizable Features *1:Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 269 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 270 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Features Vehicle Settings Description Selectable Settings Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for the automatic locking feature. With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift from P/ Off Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors unlock automatically. All Doors When Driver’s Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted to Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off Key And Remote Unlock

Mode Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock on the first push of the remote or built-in key. Driver Door*1/All Doors Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash. LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. On*1/Off Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door. 90seconds/ 60seconds/ 30seconds*1 Preferred IDS Mode Changes the IDS mode setting for when you set the power mode to ON. Last Used*1/Econ/ Normal/Sport Door Setup IDS Setup *1:Default Setting 270 Customizable Features 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 271 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Vehicle Settings Maintenance Info. Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings Maintenance Reset Resets the engine oil life display when you have performed the maintenance service. Default

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Vehicle Settings group as default. Default/OK Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the rear camera monitor. On*1/Off Camera Settings Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on the rear camera monitor. On*1/Off Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Camera Settings group as default. Default/OK Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the rear camera monitor. On*1/Off Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on the rear camera monitor. On*1/Off Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear Camera group as default. Default/OK Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off. On*1/Off Models with cross traffic monitor Rear Camera Camera Settings Cross Traffic Monitor Features Models without cross traffic monitor *1:Default Setting Continued 271 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 272 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Sound Source Select Popup Features Audio Settings iPod, USB, Pandora® * or AhaTM mode Cover Art Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora® * or AhaTM mode Connect Bluetooth Audio Device Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora® * or AhaTM mode Bluetooth Device List Default *1:Default Setting 272 * Not available on all models Description Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s sound. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 226 Selectable Settings -6 ~ C*1 ~ +6 (Bass, Treble, Subwoofer), FR9 ~ C*1 ~ RR9 (Fader), R9 ~ C*1 ~ L9 (Balance), Off/Low/ Mid*1/High (SVC) Selects whether the list of selectable audio sources comes on when the AUDIO button is pressed. On/Off*1 Turns on and off the cover art display. On*1/Off Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth® Audio device to HFL. Edits or deletes a Bluetooth® Audio device paired to HFL. Cancels/Resets all customized items in

the Audio Settings group as default. Default/OK 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 273 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Connect Phone Description Selectable Settings Pairs a new phone to HFL, or connects or disconnects a paired phone. 2 Phone Setup P. 287 Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a paired phone, or creates a security PIN. 2 Phone Setup P. 287 Edit Speed Dial Phone 2 Phone Setup P. 287 Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle. On*1/Off Auto Answer Sets whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four seconds. On/Off*1 Ring Tone Selects the ring tone. Fixed/Mobile Phone*1/Off Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL. On*1/Off Use Contact Photo Displays a caller’s picture on an

incoming call screen. On*1/Off Features Phone Settings Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry. *1:Default Setting Continued 273 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 274 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Phone Settings Text/ Email Features Default *1:Default Setting 274 Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings Enable Text/Email Turns the text/e-mail message function on and off. Select Account Selects a mail or text message account. New Text/Email Alert Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new text message/Email. Message Auto Reading Selects whether the system automatically reads out messages, and, if selected, whether only when driving. On/Off/Auto*1 Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default. Default/OK On*1/Off 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 275 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Clock Clock/ Wallpaper Type Description Selectable Settings Clock Wallpaper See System Settings on P. 264 to P 266 Clock Adjustment Clock Format Info Settings Default Info Screen Preference Info Top/Info Menu*1/Off Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info Settings group as default. Default/OK Features Other Selects the top menu when the INFO button is pressed. Info Top- A brief menu pops up. Info Menu- A full menu pops up. Off- A menu does not pop up. *1:Default Setting 275 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 276 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings Defaulting All the Settings Features 276 You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults. 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset, then

press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 4. Rotate to select Yes, then press . u The confirmation message will appear. 5. Rotate to select Yes, then press again to reset the settings. u The confirmation message will appear. Press to select OK. 1Defaulting All the Settings When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset all settings to default and delete all personal data. The following settings will be reset: • Audio preset settings • Phonebook entries • Other display and each item settings. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 277 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or home security systems. ■ Important Safety Precautions 1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage door opener, confirm that the opener

has an external entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it. Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety information, contact the manufacturer. Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage. Features When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s path. 277 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 278 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink Training HomeLink Red Indicator If it is necessary to erase a previously entered learned code: • Press and hold the two outside buttons for about 20 seconds, until the red indicator blinks. Release the buttons,

and proceed to step 1. • If you are training the second or third button, go directly to step 1. The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener, visit http://www.homelinkcom or call (800)355-3515 Features 278 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 279 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink ■ Training a Button 1Training HomeLink Retraining a Button If you want to retrain a programmed button for a new device, you do not have to erase all button memory. You can replace the existing memory code using this procedure: 1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program. 2. Press and release the desired HomeLink button Hold the button on the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly

blinking to constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds. NO YES YES YES NO NO Press and release the HomeLink button. Press and release the button on the remote every 2 secs. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds. 4. Press and hold the HomeLink button again Training Complete HomeLink LED is constantly on. 5. Press and hold the HomeLink button again. The remote-controlled device should operate. Training Complete HomeLink indicator rapidly blinks. A. The remote has a rolling code Press the “learn” button on the remote-controlled device (e.g garage door opener) B. Within 30 secs, press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs. Standard transmitter Rolling code transmitter Indicator remains on for about 25 secs. Indicator remains on for about 25 secs. 2. Quickly release the HomeLink button and follow steps 1 - 3 under

“Training a Button.” You do not need to press and release the HomeLink button again in step 2. Features 3. Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for about a sec. Does the device (garage door opener) work? 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink. Erasing Codes To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink (about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes before selling the vehicle. If you have any problems, see the device’s instructions, visit www.homelinkcom, or call HomeLink at (800) 355-3515. HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex Corporation. 279 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 280 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Models with navigation system 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® See the Navigation System Manual for how to operate Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. Models without

navigation system Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone. Using HFL ■ HFL Buttons To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be On. 2 Customized Features P. 259 Volume up Voice control tips: Features Microphone Pick-up Button Volume down Hang-up/Back Button Talk Button PHONE Button Interface Dial (Pick-up) button: Press to go to the Speed Dial/Call History on the multiinformation display or to answer an incoming call. (Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, to cancel a command or to clear the phone information on the multi-information display. (Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands. PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen. Interface dial: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move , , or to select secondary menu. 280 To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and

special feature capabilities: • U.S: Visit wwwacuracom/handsfreelink, or call 1888-528-7876 • Canada: Visit www.handsfreelinkca, or call 1-888528-7876 • Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone. • Press and release the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag, a phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep. • If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted. • To change the volume level, use the audio system’s volume knob or the remote audio controls on the steering wheel. State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle. If you receive a call while using the audio system, the system resumes its operation an after ending the call. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 281 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth®

HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL ■ HFL Status Display 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call. Bluetooth® Indicator Battery Level Status Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL. Roam Status HFL Mode Signal Strength Caller’s Name Caller’s Number Bluetooth® Wireless Technology The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd, is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended. ■ Limitations for Manual Operation Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped. Disabled Option The information that appears on the audio/ information screen varies

between phone models. Features 1HFL Status Display You can change the system language to English, French, or Spanish. 2 Customized Features P. 259 Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion. 2 Speed Dial P. 298 281 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 282 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL. 1HFL Menus ■ Phone Settings screen 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetoothcompatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked. Some functions are limited while driving. A message appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving and the operation is canceled. (Existing entry list) Connect a phone to the system. Features Phone Connect Phone Add

Bluetooth Device Disconnect Pair a phone to the system. Disconnect a paired phone from the system. Replace This Device Create a security PIN for a paired phone. Replace a previously paired phone with a new phone. Delete This Device Delete a previously paired phone. Edit PIN (Existing entry list) Bluetooth Device List Add Bluetooth Device *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. 282 Pair a phone to the system. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 283 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Delete All Delete all the previously stored speed dial numbers. Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number. Import from Select a phone number from the call Call History history to store as a speed dial number. Import from Select a phone number from the Phonebook phonebook to store as a speed dial number. Manual Input Edit Speed Dial New Entry Edit (Existing entry list) Delete Auto Answer

Ring Tone Automatic Phone Sync Change a number. Create or delete a voice tag. Delete a previously stored speed dial number. Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle. Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four seconds. Select the ring tone. Use Contact Photo Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL. Display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen. Default Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default. Continued Features Auto Transfer Edit a previously stored speed dial number. 283 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 284 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Enable Text/Email Text/Email*1 Select Account New Text/Email Alert Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off. Select a mail or text message account. Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the

screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail message. Message Auto Reading Selects whether the system automatically reads out messages, and, if selected, whether only when driving. Features *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. 284 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 285 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Phone screen 1. Press the PHONE button 2. Press the MENU button to display the menu items. Dial*1 Display the paired phone’s phonebook. Manual Input New Entry Import from Call History Import from Phonebook Speed Dial*1 Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number. Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number. Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number. (Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in the speed dial list. More Speed Dials Display another paired phone’s speed dial list. Features

Phonebook*1 Enter a phone number to dial. *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. Continued 285 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 286 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history. All Call History*1 Dialed Received Missed Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls. Display the last 20 outgoing calls. Display the last 20 incoming calls. Display the last 20 missed calls. (Read/Stop) Features Select a message and press . Message is read aloud. Text/Email*1 Previous System reads received message aloud, or stop message from being read. See the previous message. Next See the next message. Reply Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases. Call Make a call to the sender. Select Account Select a mail or text message account. *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. 286 16 ACURA

TLX-31TZ36100.book 287 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Phone Setup 1Phone Setup ■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no Continued Phone Pairing Tips: • You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is moving. • Up to six phones can be paired. • Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is connected to HFL. • If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found by the system within three minutes, the system will time out and returns to idle. Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following: : The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio. Features phone paired to the system) 1. Press the PHONE button 2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 3. Make sure your phone is search or discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can select Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, move to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink. 5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/ information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen and your phone match. This may vary by phone. 6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful. Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls. When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call history and phonebook automatically imported to HFL. 2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting P. 297 287 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 288 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL

Menus ■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has Features 288 already been paired to the system) 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Connect Phone, then Add Bluetooth device. 3. Make sure your phone is in search or discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can select Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, move to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink. 5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/ information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen and your phone match. This may vary by phone. 6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 289 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To change the pairing code setting 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit pairing code. 3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random, then press . 1To change the pairing code setting The pairing code may be six or four digits depending on your phone. The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the setting. To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the current code, then enter a new one. For a randomly generated pairing code each time you pair a phone, select Random. Features Continued 289 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 290 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To replace an already-paired phone Features 290 with a new phone 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Bluetooth Device

List. 3. Rotate to select a paired phone you want to replace, then press . 4. Rotate to select Replace This Device, then press . 5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches a new phone. u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone. 6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful. 1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial entries, and security PIN information from the previously paired phone. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 291 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete a paired phone 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to delete, then press . 4. Rotate to select Delete This Device, then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 6. A

notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful. Features Continued 291 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 292 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To Set Up a Text/e-mail Message Option ■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail function 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Enable Text/Email. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press . Features 292 ■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select New Text/Email Alert. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press . 1To Set Up a Text/e-mail Message Option To use the text/e-mail message function, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures,

and special feature capabilities: • U.S: Visit wwwacuracom/handsfreelink, or call 1888-528-7876 • Canada: Visit www.handsfreelinkca, or call 1-888528-7876 1To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new text message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 293 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To set up the auto reading option 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Message Auto Reading. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen. 3. Rotate to select On, Off or Auto, then press . 1To set up the auto reading option On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud. Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud. Auto: A text/e-mail message is read aloud only when driving. Features Continued 293 16 ACURA

TLX-31TZ36100.book 294 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To Create a Security PIN 1To Create a Security PIN You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN. 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to add a security PIN to, then press . 4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press . 5. Enter a new four-digit number Features Audio/information screen On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 294 u Audio/information screen Rotate to select, then press . Move to delete. Rotate to select OK to enter the security PIN. u On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM You can also enter a number using the icons. 6. Re-enter the four-digit number u The screen returns to the screen in step 4. If the phone is already security PIN protected, you need to enter the current security PIN before

clearing the PIN or creating a new one. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 295 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Automatic Transferring If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL. 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto Transfer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press . Features ■ Auto Answer You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds. 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto Answer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press . Continued 295 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 296 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Ring Tone You can change the ring tone setting. 1. Press the SETTINGS

button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Ring Tone. 3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone or Off, then press . Features ■ Use Contact Photo You can display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen. 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then Phone settings press . All Phone u Repeat the procedure to select Use Auto Transfer Auto Answer On Contact Photo. Ring Tone 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press Automatic Phone Sy Off Use Contact Photo . Default 296 1Ring Tone Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker. Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the connected cell phone sounds from the speaker. Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 297 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History ■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to

On: When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to HFL. ■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync Continued When you select a person from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name. Preference Fax Home Car Mobile Voice Work Other Pager On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to HFL. Features setting 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Automatic Phone Sync. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press . 1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call. 297 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 298 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■

Speed Dial Features 298 Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. To store a speed dial number: 1. Press the PHONE button 2. Press the MENU button 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select New Entry. 4. Rotate to select a place to choose a number from, then press . From Import from Call History: u Select a number from the call history. From Manual Input: u Input the number manually. From Import from Phonebook: u Select a number from the linked cell phone’s imported phonebook. 5. When the speed dial is successfully stored from Import from Call History or Import from Phonebook, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Rotate to select Yes or No, then press . 6. Using the button, follow the prompts to store a voice tag for the speed dial entry. 1Speed Dial When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and the voice tag name. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 299 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed Continued 1Speed Dial Avoid using duplicate voice tags. Avoid using “home” as a voice tag. It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.” Features dial number 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press . u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Record, then press . 5. Using the button, follow the prompts to complete the voice tag. 299 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 300 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete a voice tag Features 1. Press the SETTINGS button

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press . u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Clear, then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . ■ To delete a speed dial 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Delete, then press . 4. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 300 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 301 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Making a Call 1Making a Call You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported

phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial. Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name, or number can be dialed by voice from most screens. Press the button and say “Call” and the voice tag name, “Call by name” and the phonebook name, or “Call” and the phone number. The maximum range between your phone and vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters). Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers. Features Continued 301 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 302 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using the imported Features 302 phonebook 1. Press the PHONE button 2. Press the MENU button 3. Rotate to select Phonebook, then press . 4. The phonebook is stored alphabetically Move to Alphabet Search. u You can use the keyboard on the touch screen for an alphabetical search. 5. Rotate to select a number, then press

. u Dialing starts automatically. 1To make a call using the imported phonebook This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands. 2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 281 2 Speed Dial P. 298 You can use the keyboard on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM for an alphabetical search. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 303 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using a phone number 1To make a call using a phone number 1. Press the PHONE button 2. Press the MENU button 3. Rotate to select Dial, then press . 4. Rotate to select a number, then press . 5. Rotate to select , then press . u Dialing starts automatically. This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands. 2

Limitations for Manual Operation P. 281 2 Speed Dial P. 298 You can use the keyboard on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM to input numbers. Select numbers, then to start dialing. ■ To make a call using redial . Features 1. Press the PHONE button 2. Press the MENU button 3. Rotate to select Redial, then press u Dialing starts automatically. Continued 303 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 304 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using the call history Call history is stored by All, Dialed, Received, and Missed. 1. Press the PHONE button 2. Press the MENU button 3. Rotate to select Call History, then press . 4. Move or to select All, Dialed, Received, and Missed. 5. Rotate to select a number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. Features Models with full color display Mr.AAA 111AAA#### Mr.BBB Models without full color display 304 Steering switches 1. Press the button. 2.

Move the left selector wheel right to select CALL HISTORY. 3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a number. 4. Push the left selector wheel or the button. u Dialing starts automatically. 1To make a call using the call history The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.) These icons next to the number indicate the following: : Dialed calls. : Received calls. : Missed calls. Steering switches The call history displays the last 12 dialed, received, or missed calls. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 305 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using a speed dial entry 1. Press the PHONE button 2. Press the MENU button 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press . 4. Rotate to select a number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. Models with full color display 111AAA#### Mr.BBB Models without full color

display Move to select More Speed Dials to view another paired phone’s speed dial list. You can make a call from that list using the currently connected phone. When a voice tag is stored, press the call the number using the voice tag. 2 Speed Dial P. 298 button to Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name or number can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts. Steering switches 1. Press the button. 2. Move the left selector wheel left to select SPEED DIAL. 3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a number. 4. Push the left selector wheel or the button. u Dialing starts automatically. Continued Steering switches The speed dial displays the 20 speed dial entries. Features Mr.AAA 1To make a call using a speed dial entry 305 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 306 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Receiving a Call 1Receiving a Call When there is an

incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming call screen appears. Press the Press the button to answer the call. button to decline or end the call. Call Waiting Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call. Press the button again to return to the current call. Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call. You can select the icons on the On Demand Multiand buttons. Use DisplayTM instead of the Features 306 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 307 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Options During a Call 1Options During a Call The following options are available during a call. Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menudriven phone system The available options are

shown on the Phone Mute Icon screen. Rotate to select the option, then press . u The mute icon appears when Mute is selected. Select Mute again to turn it off Touch Tones: Available on some phones. You can select the icons on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM. Features Continued 307 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 308 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Receiving a Text/E-mail Message Features 308 HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase. 1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text or e-mail message. 2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the message, then press . u The text or e-mail message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading out the message. 3. To discontinue the message read-out, press .

1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud. With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 most recent text and e-mail messages. State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/ e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely. When you receive a text or e-mail message for the first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to On. 2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice P. 292 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 309 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Selecting a Mail Account 1Selecting a Mail Account If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to be active and receive notifications. 1. Press the SETTINGS button 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings,

then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Select Account. 3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an e-mail account you want, then press . You can also select a mail account from the folder list screen or the message list screen. Move to select Select Account, then press . Features You can only receive notifications from one text message or mail account at a time. Continued 309 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 310 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Displaying Messages Message List Features 310 Text Message 1Displaying Messages ■ Displaying text messages The icon appears next to an unread message. 1. Press the PHONE button 2. Press the MENU button 3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press . u Select account if necessary. 4. Rotate to select a message, then press . u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. If you delete a message on the

phone, the message is also deleted in the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phone’s outbox. To see the previous or next message, move on the text message screen. or 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 311 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Folder List Message List ■ Displaying e-mail messages 1Displaying e-mail messages 1. Press the PHONE button 2. Press the MENU button 3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press . 4. Rotate to select a folder, then press . 5. Rotate to select a message, then press . u The e-mail is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the message list screen at the same time. In this case, text messages are titled No subject. Features E-mail Continued 311 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 312 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Read or stop reading a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen u The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 310 2. Press to stop reading. Press again to start reading the message from the beginning. ■ Reply to a message Features 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen u The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 310 2. Move and rotate to select Reply, then press . 3. Rotate to select the reply message, then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 4. Select Send to send the message u Message sent appears on the screen when the reply message was successfully sent. 312 1Reply to a message The available fixed reply messages are as follows: • Can’t talk, I’m driving. • I’m on my way. • Call you later. • OK • Yes • No You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book

313 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Making a call to a sender 1. Go to the text message screen u The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. John 0123456789#### Reply 2 Displaying text messages P. 310 Call 2. Move press and rotate . to select Call, then Features 313 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 314 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Compass * When you set the power mode to ON, the compass self-calibrates, and the compass display appears. Compass Calibration Features 314 If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need to manually calibrate the system. 1. Set the power mode to ON 2. On the top screen of any audio source, press and hold for five seconds. u The display switches to the Compass settings screen. 3. Rotate to select Calibration, then press . 4. When the display changes to

Calibration Start, press . 5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles u The compass starts to show a direction after the calibration. The CAL indicator goes off. * Not available on all models 1Compass * Compass operation can be affected under the following conditions: • Driving near power lines or stations • Crossing a bridge • Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large object that can cause a magnetic disturbance • When accessories such as antennas and roof racks are mounted by magnets 1Compass Calibration Calibrate the compass in an open area. While setting the compass, press the BACK button to cancel the setting mode and return to the previous screen. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 315 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCompass * uCompass Zone Selection Compass Zone Selection 1. Set the power mode to ON 2. On the top screen of any audio source, press and hold for five seconds. u The display switches to the Compass

settings screen. 3. Rotate to select Zone Adjust, then press . u The display shows the current zone number the system is set to. 4. To change the zone, rotate to select the zone number of your area (See Zone Map), then press . 2 15 14 3 The zone selection is done to compensate the variation between magnetic north and true north. If the calibration starts while the audio system is in use, the display returns to normal after the calibration is completed. Features Zone Map 1Compass Zone Selection 4 13 12 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Guam Island: Zone 8 Puerto Rico: Zone 11 315 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 316 316 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 317 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Driving This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories. Before Driving. 318 Towing a Trailer. 323 When Driving Starting the Engine . 324

Precautions While Driving. 331 Automatic Transmission * . 332 Dual Clutch Transmission * . 332 Models with electronic gear selector Shifting . 333 Models with shift lever Shifting . 340 Auto Idle Stop * . 344 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS). 348 Cruise Control * . 350 * Not available on all models Front Sensor Camera * . 353 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * . 355 Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection * . 368 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) * . 374 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System *.378 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * . 383 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System . 391 Agile Handling Assist System. 393 Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS®) System * . 393 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SHAWD®) * . 396 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .397 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation . 399 Braking . 401 Parking Your Vehicle. 417 Multi-View Rear Camera.

425 Refueling. 426 Fuel Economy. 429 Accessories and Modifications . 430 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System * . 394 317 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 318 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Before Driving Driving Preparation Check the following items before you start driving. ■ Exterior Checks • Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior lights, or other parts of the vehicle. u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel or wheel components. • Make sure the hood is securely closed. u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked. • Make sure the tires are in good condition. u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear. Driving 318 2 Checking and

Maintaining Tires P. 462 • Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. u There are blind spots from the inside. 1Exterior Checks NOTICE When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force them open, as this can damage the rubber trim around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid further freezing. Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder. You will be unable to insert the key if the water freezes in the hole. Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite flammable materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect and remove any debris that may have collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover flammable materials after you or someone else has performed maintenance on your vehicle. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 319 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation ■ Interior Checks 1Interior Checks • Store or secure all items on board properly. u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the trunk have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 321 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 148 • Adjust your seating position properly. u Adjust the head restraint, too. Driving • Do not pile items higher than the seat height. u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden braking. • Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor mat. u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with

your brake and accelerator pedal operation while driving. • If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle. u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur. • Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk. 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 180 2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 182 • Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving. u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position. 2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 177 2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 176 Continued 319 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 320 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation • Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the seats. u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats. • Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt. 2 Fastening a

Seat Belt P. 35 • Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the vehicle, and go off soon after. u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated. 2 Indicators P. 70 Driving 320 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 321 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit Maximum Load Limit The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb. 1Maximum Load Limit 3 WARNING Overloading or improper loading can affect handling and stability and cause a crash in which you can be hurt or killed. Label Example Follow all load limits and other loading guidelines in this manual. This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer. Continued Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.

2 Specifications P. 528, 530 Driving Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit (1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s placard. (2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. (3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. (4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all occupants, all accessories and all cargo. 2 Specifications P. 528, 530 321 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 322 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBefore

DrivinguMaximum Load Limit (5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4. (6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb Load Limits Example Driving Example1 Max Load 850 lbs (385 kg) Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg) Cargo Weight 550 lbs (249 kg) Max Load 850 lbs (385 kg) Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg) Cargo Weight 100 lbs (45 kg) Example2 322 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book

323 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Towing a Trailer Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your warranties. Towing Your Vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information. 2 Emergency Towing P. 522 Driving 323 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 324 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 When Driving Starting the Engine Models with electronic gear selector 1When Driving 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied u The electric parking brake indicator comes on for 15 seconds when you pull up the electric parking brake switch. When you set the power mode to ON, you may feel as if the brake pedal is sinking down. This is normal 1Starting the Engine Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine. Electric Parking Brake Switch 2.

Depress the brake pedal u Make sure the transmission is in (P . Driving Brake Pedal 3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal. The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters). When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain. If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently below -22°F (-30°C) are expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to a higher concentration to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details If exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system. 324 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 325 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine 1Starting the Engine Models with shift lever 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied u The electric parking brake indicator comes on for 15 seconds when you pull up the electric parking brake switch. Electric Parking Brake Switch 2. Check that the shift lever is in (P , then depress the brake pedal. u Although it is possible to start the vehicle in (N , it is safer to start it in (P . The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s fuel system is disabled. 2 Immobilizer System P. 155 Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless access remote is weak. 2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 503 The engine may not start if the keyless access remote is subjected to strong radio waves. Driving Brake Pedal 3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without

depressing the accelerator pedal. Continued 325 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 326 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ Stopping the Engine You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped. 1. Shift to (P 2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button Driving 326 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 327 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * 1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from extended distances. ■ To start the engine With the doors locked, Press the button, then press and hold the button. Go within the range, and try again. Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed. Continues to blink during a vehicle self check until the engine starts. Red LED: Blinks when the remote is out of

the keyless access system range. The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle. To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the button, then press and hold the button. u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute extension request was transmitted successfully. After pressing the (lock) button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that the all the doors and the trunk are locked. * Not available on all models Continued Engine exhaust contains toxic carbon monoxide. Breathing carbon monoxide can kill you or cause unconsciousness. Never use the remote engine starter when the vehicle is parked in a garage or other area with limited ventilation. If there are buildings and obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced. This distance may vary by external electrical interference. The engine may not start by the remote engine start if: • You have disabled a remote engine

start setting using the multi-information display. • The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). • The gear is in a position other than (P . • The hood is open, or any door or the trunk is unlocked. • You have already used the remote twice to start the engine. • Another registered keyless access remote is in the vehicle. • There is any antenna failure. • Door is unlocked with the built-in key. Driving Green LED: Comes on while the engine is running. 3 WARNING 327 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 328 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ To stop the engine Press and hold the for one second. Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed. 1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * button Red LED: Comes on for one second to let you know that the engine has stopped. Driving 328 * Not available on all models Go within the range, and try again. Blinks when the remote is out of the

keyless access system range. The engine will not stop. • The engine oil pressure is low. • The engine coolant temperature is extremely high. • The telematics unit malfunctions. • The security system alarm is not set. Before starting the engine, make sure to check the door lock status using the remote. When you press the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and trunk did not lock, and the engine does not start. While the engine is running, the vehicle will automatically precondition inside the vehicle. When it is warm outside: • The air conditioning is activated in recirculation mode. • The seat ventilation is activated *. When it is cold outside: • The defroster is activated at a moderately warm temperature. • The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are activated. • The seat and heated steering wheel are activated *. 2 Heated Steering Wheel * P. 196 2 Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation * P. 197 16 ACURA

TLX-31TZ36100.book 329 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ Starting to Drive 1Starting to Drive When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote * 1. While depressing the brake pedal, press the ENGINE START/STOP button When the engine was started in any case 2. Change the gear position to (D Select (R when reversing 3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal. u Make sure the electric parking brake indicator goes off. 4. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull away. You can also release the parking brake by pressing the electric parking brake switch while depressing the brake pedal. When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle more smoothly by manually releasing it with the electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with the accelerator pedal. When the engine was

started using the two-way keyless access remote * The engine stops when the gear position is changed from (P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed. Follow the step 1 when starting to drive Driving * Not available on all models Continued 329 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 330 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ Hill Start Assist System Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator. Change the gear position to (D when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal. Driving 330 1Hill Start Assist System Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and does not operate on small inclines. Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking brake. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 331 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving Precautions While Driving ■ In Rain 1Precautions While Driving Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine, driveline, or cause electrical component failure. NOTICE Do not change the gear position while pressing the accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission. NOTICE The following can damage the under spoiler: • Parking the vehicle by a parking block • Parallel parking along the road shoulder • Driving toward the bottom of a hill • Driving up or down to a different surface level (such as a road shoulder) • Driving on a rutted or bumpy road • Driving on a road with potholes. Driving NOTICE If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on the full left or right position for a while, the electric power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system goes into a protective

mode, and limits its performance. The steering wheel becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the system cools down, the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under these conditions can eventually damage the system. If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while driving, the engine will shut down and all steering and brake power assist functions will stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle. Continued 331 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 332 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission * ■ Other Precautions If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks. Automatic Transmission * ■ Creeping The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped. ■ Kickdown Driving Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while

driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves. Dual Clutch Transmission * ■ Creeping As with a conventional automatic transmission, this vehicle will creep. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped. ■ Kickdown Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves. 332 * Not available on all models 1Precautions While Driving Do not change the gear position to (N , as you will lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance. During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation, avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so as to not damage the engine or powertrain. Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km). You should also follow

this when the brake pads are replaced. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 333 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting Models with electronic gear selector Shifting 1Shifting Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs. ■ Shift button positions Park Used when parking or starting the engine Reverse Used when reversing 3 WARNING Neutral Used when idling ■ (P (park) button Park your vehicle in a safe place with the power mode in ON, then apply the brakes and press the (P button to put the transmission in Park. The indicators on the sides of the (P button come on. Continued The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged. Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position Indicator. The beeper sounds when you depress the accelerator pedal with the gear position in (N . Change the gear position to (D or (R with

the brake pedal depressed. Driving Drive Used for: Normal driving (gears change between 1st and 9th automatically) Temporarily driving in the sequential mode Driving in the sequential mode (when driving in Sport+ mode) (P Button To prevent malfunction and unintended engagement: • Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons. • Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift buttons. • Do not let passengers or children operate the shift buttons. When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures (−22°F/−30°C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct gear before driving. 333 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 334 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Shift Operation 1Shift Operation NOTICE M (sequential mode) Indicator Models without full color display Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator Gear Position Indicator

Tachometer’s red zone Driving Press the (P button. Pull back the (R button. Press the (N button. Press the (D button. Shift Button Indicator 334 When you change (D to (R and visa versa, depress the brake pedal to come to a complete stop, then select the intended gear position while maintaining brake pressure. Use the gear position indicator and the shift button indicator to check the gear position before selecting a shift button. If the indicator of the currently selected gear position, or all the gear position indicators are blinking simultaneously, there is a problem with the transmission. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible. The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt. When the engine speed is increased while the transmission is in (N , (P or (R , the fuel supply may be cut off even without the

engine speed entering the tachometer’s red zone. The beeper sounds once when you change to (R . 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 335 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting In freezing or sub-freezing conditions, the electronic gear selector response may be slow. Always depress the brake pedal before changing the gear position to (P , and confirm that (P is shown on the gear position indicator before releasing the brake. ■ When opening the driver’s door 1When opening the driver’s door If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the gear position automatically changes to (P . • The vehicle is stationary with the engine running, or moving at 1 mph (2 km/h) or slower. • The transmission is in other than (P . • You have unfastened the driver side seat belt. ■ When turning off the power mode If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position has automatically changed to (P under the

described conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt, depress the brake pedal, then change the gear position. If you leave the vehicle, turn off the engine and lock the doors. Driving u If you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal depressed, the gear position will automatically return to (P once you release the brake pedal. You should always select (P before opening the driver’s door. Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place. 2 When Stopped P. 417 If you turn the engine off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission is in other than (P , the gear position automatically changes to (P . Continued 335 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 336 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] With the engine running: 1. Press and hold the brake pedal 2. Select (N 3. Within five seconds, press the ENGINE START/STOP

button The power mode changes to ACCESSORY. u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an attendant do not remain in the vehicle. u The gear position remains in (N with the power mode in ACCESSORY for 15 minutes, then, it automatically changes to (P and the power mode changes to OFF. Driving 336 Manually changing to (P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on and the power mode changes to OFF. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 337 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Restriction on selecting a gear position You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to unexpected crashes or damage. 1. When the transmission is in: 1. Under the circumstances of that: 2. You cannot select: 3. The gear position How to change the remains in/changes to: gear position The brake pedal is not

depressed. (P (P The accelerator pedal is depressed. The vehicle is moving at low speed without the brake pedal depressed. Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake pedal. Other gear position (N (N (N or (D The vehicle is moving forward. (R (R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D (R , (N , or (D The vehicle is moving. You cannot press the (P button. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, depress the brake pedal, and select the appropriate gear position. Continued Driving The vehicle is moving at low speed with the accelerator pedal depressed. 337 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 338 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Sequential Mode Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 9th gears without removing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode ■ When the transmission is in (D : The vehicle will go into the sequential mode

momentarily, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off. Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push (D button to return to normal drive. ■ When the transmission is in (D with Sport+ mode: Driving 338 The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer’s red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. You can cancel this mode by pressing IDS button to select other than Sport+ mode or push (D button to return to normal drive Sport+ mode. When the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator go off. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 339 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Sequential Mode Operation Paddle Shifter (Shift down) 1Sequential Mode Operation Paddle Shifter (Shift up) Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear. Recommended Shift Points Use this table as a guideline for efficient fuel economy and effective emission control. Downshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear) Upshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a higher gear) Normal Acceleration 15 mph (24 km/h) 25 mph (40 km/h) 40 mph (64 km/h) 45 mph (72 km/h) 50 mph (80 km/h) 55 mph (89 km/h) 60 mph (97 km/h) 65 mph (105 km/h) Driving Shift Up 1st to 2nd 2nd to 3rd 3rd to 4th 4th to 5th 5th to 6th 6th to 7th 7th to 8th 8th to 9th If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle

speed is not in its allowable gear range. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking. 339 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 340 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting Models with shift lever Shifting 1Shifting Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs. ■ Shift lever positions Park Used when parking or starting the engine Release Button Reverse Used when reversing Neutral Used when idling Driving 340 Drive Used for: Normal driving (gears change between 1st and 8th automatically) Temporarily driving in the sequential shift mode Driving in the sequential shift mode (when driving in Sport+ mode) You cannot change the power mode from ON to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) unless the shift lever is in (P . The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in (N while the engine is cold. Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary, apply the parking brake.

When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures (-22°F/-30°C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct gear before driving. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 341 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Shift Lever Operation 1Shift Lever Operation NOTICE When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed. Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come to a complete standstill can damage the transmission. M (sequential mode) Indicator Models without full color display Use the shift lever position indicator to check the lever position before pulling away. Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator Shift Lever Position Indicator Press the shift lever release button and shift. The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometer’s red

zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt. Depress the brake pedal and press the shift lever release button to shift. Shift without pressing the shift lever release button. Driving Tachometer’s red zone Whichever position the shift lever is in when driving, a blinking transmission indicator indicates a transmission problem. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible. When the engine speed is increased while the shift lever is in (N , (P or (R , the fuel supply may be cut off even without the engine speed entering the tachometer’s red zone. It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release button is held down. Depress the brake pedal first. Continued 341 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 342 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Sequential Shift Mode Use the paddle

shifters to change between 1st and 8th gears without removing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential shift mode. ■ When the shift lever is in (D : The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode momentarily, and the gear position indicator will come on. Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential shift mode will automatically switch off, and the gear position indicator will go off. Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds to return to normal drive. ■ When the shift lever is in (D with Sport+ mode: Driving 342 The vehicle goes into sequential sift mode and the M (sequential shift) indicator comes on. At speeds of 2 mph (4 km/h) or less, the vehicle automatically shifts down into 1st gear. If you are in 1st through 6th gears and do not operate the paddle shifters as engine speed increases approaches the tachometer red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. You can cancel Sport+ mode by

either: • Pressing the IDS button. • Or holding the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds. When the mode is canceled the sequential mode and sequential mode gear indicators go off. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 343 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Second gear lock mode If you pull the (+ paddle shifter while stopped or driving at 6 mph (10 km/h) or less, the gear position will be locked in 2nd gear. This makes it easier to pull away on slippery surfaces such as snow covered roads. To cancel the 2nd gear lock mode, pull the (- paddle shifter. ■ Sequential Shift Mode Operation Paddle Shifter (Shift down) 1Sequential Shift Mode Operation Paddle Shifter (Shift up) Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear. Recommended Shift Points Use this table as a guideline for efficient fuel economy and

effective emission control. Downshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear) Upshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a higher gear) Normal Acceleration 15 mph (24 km/h) 25 mph (40 km/h) 40 mph (64 km/h) 45 mph (72 km/h) 50 mph (80 km/h) 55 mph (89 km/h) 60 mph (97 km/h) Driving Shift Up 1st to 2nd 2nd to 3rd 3rd to 4th 4th to 5th 5th to 6th 6th to 7th 7th to 8th If the gear position indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking. 343 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 344 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop * Auto Idle Stop * To help maximize fuel economy, the engine automatically stops when the vehicle comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating conditions. The indicator comes on. The

engine then restarts once the vehicle is about to move again, and the indicator goes off. A message associated with Auto Idle Stop appears on the multi-information display. 2 Indicators P. 92 2 Customized Features P. 130, 268 Driving If the driver’s door is opened while the indicator is comes on, a buzzer sounds to notify you that the Auto Idle Stop function is in operation. ■ Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF To turn the Auto Idle Stop system off, press this button. The Auto Idle Stop system stops u The Auto Idle Stop system will stop and the Indicator (Amber) will come on. 344 * Not available on all models 1Auto Idle Stop * The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details. The duration of the

Auto Idle Stop operation: • Increases in the ECON mode, compared to when the ECON mode is off, with climate control in use. Auto Idle Stop may activate less frequently in such conditions as a traffic jam. 1Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF Press the Auto Idle Stop OFF button to restart the engine from the idling stop. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 345 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop * ■ Auto Idle Stop Activates When: 1Auto Idle Stop Activates When: The vehicle stops with the gear position in (D and the brake pedal depressed. ■ Auto idle stop does not activate when: Continued Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated. If the hood is opened, the engine will not restart automatically. In this case, restart the engine with the ENGINE START/STOP button. 2 Starting the Engine P. 324 Pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button changes the power mode to ACCESSORY even while Auto Idle Stop

is in operation. Once in ACCESSORY, the engine no longer restarts automatically. Follow the standard procedure to start the engine. 2 Starting the Engine P. 324 Driving • The driver’s seat belt is not fastened. • The engine coolant temperature is low or high. • The transmission fluid temperature is low or high. • The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5 km/h) after the engine starts. • Stopped on a steep incline. • A gear position other than (D or in Sport+. • The engine is started with the hood open. u Turn off the engine. Close the hood before you restart the engine to activate Auto Idle Stop. • The battery charge is low. • The internal temperature of the battery is 14°F (−10°C) or less. • The climate control system is in use, and the outside temperature is below −4°F (−20°C) or over 104°F (40°C). • The climate control system temperature is set to the Hi or Lo. • is ON (indicator on). Models with ACC with LSF

When ACC with LSF is in operation, the vehicle stops without depressing the brake pedal and Auto Idle Stop may activate. 345 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 346 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop * ■ Auto idle stop may not activate when: • The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly. • The steering wheel is operated. • The fan speed is high. • Altitude is high. • The vehicle is repeatedly accelerated and decelerated at a low speed. • The climate control system is in use, and there is a significant difference between the set temperature and the actual interior temperature. • Humidity in the interior is high. ■ The Engine Automatically Restarts When: The brake pedal is released and the automatic brake hold system is off. ■ The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed or the automatic Driving 346 brake hold system is activated when: • The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed.

• When a steering wheel is operated. • The gear position is in a position other than (D or in Sport+. • The pressure on the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while stopped on an incline. • The pressure on the brake pedal is repeatedly applied and released slightly during a stop. • The battery charge becomes low. • The accelerator pedal is depressed. • The driver’s seat belt is unlatched. • is ON (indicator on). • The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant. • The climate control system is being used to dehumidify the interior. 1The Engine Automatically Restarts When: • If you are using an electronic device during Auto Idle Stop, the device may temporarily be turned off when the engine restarts. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 347 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop * ■

Starting Assist Brake Function Briefly keeps the brakes applied after releasing the brake pedal to restart the engine. This can keep your vehicle from unexpectedly moving while on an incline. Driving 347 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 348 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguIntegrated Dynamics System (IDS) Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) Modifies the dynamic character of the vehicle. There are four IDS modes to select from: Econ, Normal, Sport, and Sport+. Press the IDS button to select a mode. The mode you have selected appears on the multi-information display. You can customize the IDS mode default setting using the multi-information display. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 Models with full color display Econ (Econ mode) Maximizes fuel economy. Driving Normal (Normal mode) Provides the best balance of fuel economy and sportiness for everyday driving. Sport (Sport mode) Enhances vehicle response and feel with decreased

steering assist. Also increases throttle response and SH-AWD * control. Sport+ (Sport+ mode) Adds to Sport mode to allow for increase performance when using the steering wheel paddle shifters. IDS Button 348 * Not available on all models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 349 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguIntegrated Dynamics System (IDS) Models without full color display ECON (Econ mode) Maximizes fuel economy. NORMAL (Normal mode) Provides the best balance of fuel economy and sportiness for everyday driving. SPORT (Sport mode) Enhances vehicle response and feel with decreased steering assist. Also increases throttle response Driving SPORT+ (Sport+ mode) Adds to Sport mode to allow for increase performance when using the steering wheel paddle shifters. IDS Button 349 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 350 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control * Cruise

Control * Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration. ■ Vehicle speed for cruise control: Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~ In (D 3 WARNING Improper use of the cruise control can lead to a crash. When to use ■ Gear position for cruise control: 1Cruise Control * Always keep sufficient distance between you and the vehicle in front of you. Use the cruise control only when traveling on open highways in good weather. It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed when driving uphill or downhill. When not using cruise control: Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE */ MAIN * button. How to use Driving 350 Models with full color display ■ Press the CRUISE */MAIN button on the steering wheel. * Not available on all models CRUISE MAIN is on in the instrument panel.

Cruise control is ready to use. Models without full color display While in the Econ mode, it may take relatively more time to accelerate to maintain the set speed. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 351 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control * ■ To Set the Vehicle Speed On when cruise control begins Models with full color display Models with full color display Models without full color display Models without full color display On On RES/+/SET/− Switch Driving Press down and release Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/– switch down when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the RES/+/SET/– switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on Continued 351 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 352 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control * ■ To Adjust the Vehicle

Speed 1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/– switch on the steering wheel. You can set the vehicle speed pressing the RES/+/ SET/– switch down on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with the accelerator and brake pedals. To increase speed To decrease speed Driving • Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h) • If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set ■ To Cancel CRUISE */MAIN Button CANCEL Button 352 * Not available on all models 1To Cancel To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: • Press the CANCEL button. • Press the CRUISE */MAIN button. • Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off. Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the

RES/+/ SET/– switch up while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more. You cannot set or resume in the following situations: • When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h) • When the CRUISE */MAIN button is turned off At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control is canceled automatically. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 353 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera * Front Sensor Camera * The camera, used in systems such as LDW, FCW with Pedestrian Detection, LKAS, RDM, ACC with LSF, and CMBSTM, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its functions. ■ Camera Location and Handling Tips Front Sensor Camera This camera is located behind the rearview mirror. * Not available on all models Continued Never apply a film or attach any objects to windshield, the hood, or the front grill that could obstruct the camera’s field of vision and

cause the system to operate abnormally. Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield within the camera’s field of vision can cause the system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we recommend that you replace the windshield with a genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield may also cause the system to operate abnormally. After replacing the windshield, have a dealer recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary for the system to operate properly. Do not place an object on the top of the instrument panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent the system from detecting lane lines properly. Driving To help reduce the likelihood that high interior temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing system to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do

not allow it to cover the camera housing. Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it. 1Front Sensor Camera * 353 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 354 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera * 1Front Sensor Camera * If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message appears: • Use the climate control system to cool down the interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the air flow directed towards the camera. • Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera. Driving If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Clean Front Windshield message appears: • Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 354 * Not available on all models 16 ACURA

TLX-31TZ36100.book 355 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle slows to a stop, decelerates and stops your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator. When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle’s brake lights will illuminate. When to use 1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * 3 WARNING Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead to a crash. Use ACC with LSF only when driving on expressways or freeways and in good weather conditions. 3 WARNING The camera is located behind the rearview mirror. ACC with LSF has limited braking capability and may not stop your vehicle in time to avoid a

collision with a vehicle that quickly stops in front of you. Driving Always be prepared to apply the brake pedal if the conditions require. Important Reminder As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF. Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and other vehicles. The radar sensor is in the front grille. ■ Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h). No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at the speed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above. ■ Gear position for ACC with LSF: In (D . * Not available on all models Continued 355 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 356 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ How to activate the system 1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low

Speed Follow (LSF) * ACC (green) is on in the instrument panel. ACC with LSF is ready to use. ■ Press the MAIN button on the steering wheel. When the MAIN button is pressed, ACC with LSF and Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are both turned on or off. ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain conditions. 2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations P. 360 When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS). Driving Do not use the ACC with LSF under the following conditions. • On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in continuous stop and go traffic. • On roads with sharp turns. • On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such cases, the ACC with LSF will not apply the brakes to maintain the set speed. • On roads with toll collection facilities or other objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking areas, or

facilities with drive through access. 356 * Not available on all models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 357 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ To Set the Vehicle Speed RES/+/SET/− Switch On when ACC with LSF begins Press down and release Driving When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the pedal and press down the RES/+/SET/– switch when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins. When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If the vehicle is stationary, you can set the vehicle speed even with the brake pedal depressed. When ACC with LSF starts operating, the Set Vehicle Distance vehicle

icon, distance bars and set speed appear on the multi-information display. Set Vehicle Speed Continued 357 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 358 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ When in Operation 1When in Operation ■ There is a vehicle ahead ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the vehicle’s set following-interval from the vehicle ahead. 2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 363 If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you, the beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display. Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate distance from the vehicle ahead. Beep Driving ACC with LSF Range: 394

ft. (120 m) When a vehicle whose speed is slower than your set speed comes in or cuts in front of you and is detected by the radar and the camera, your vehicle starts to slow down. A vehicle icon appears on the multi-information display Even if the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with LSF may start accelerating your vehicle under the following circumstances: • The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle. • A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster than your vehicle, gradually increasing the distance between the vehicles. You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with LSF detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep * setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 358 * Not available on all models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 359 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ There is no vehicle ahead A vehicle icon with dotted-line contour appears on the multiinformation display 1When in Operation Your vehicle maintains the set speed without having to keep your foot on the brake or accelerator pedal. If there previously was a vehicle detected ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it. ■ When you depress the accelerator pedal ■ A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The Stopped message appears on the multiinformation display. When the vehicle ahead of you starts again, the vehicle icon on the multi-information display blinks. If you press the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down, or depress the accelerator pedal, ACC with LSF operates again within the previously set speed.

Continued When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has stopped, the distance between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with LSF following-interval setting, as follows: Short: 8.2 ft (25 m) Middle: 9.8 ft (30 m) Long: 13.1 ft (40 m) Extra Long: 16.4 ft (50 m) 2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 363 1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop Driving You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range. ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the system resumes the set speed. There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is lightly applied. Limitations You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe distance when using ACC with LSF. Additionally, ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain conditions. 2 ACC with LSF Conditions

and Limitations P. 360 3 WARNING Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped while the ACC with LSF system is operating can result in the vehicle moving without operator control. A vehicle that moves without operator control can cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death. Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is stopped by ACC with LSF. 359 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 360 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below Other conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions. 1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations The radar sensor for ACC with LSF is shared with the Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM). 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * P. 409 2 Front

Sensor Camera * P. 353 ■ Environmental conditions • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) ■ Roadway conditions • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). ■ Vehicle conditions Driving • The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.) • The camera temperature gets too hot. • The parking brake is applied. • When the front grille is dirty. • When the front of the vehicle tilts up due to heavy cargo in the trunk or rear seats. • When tire chains are installed. 360 * Not available on all models You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 361 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ Detection limitations Continued Driving • A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. • The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is too short. • A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. • When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you at high speed. • The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle. • When there are animals in front of your vehicle. • When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you. • The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is significantly large. • An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. • Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. •

When driving through a narrow iron bridge. • When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly. • When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape. • When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane. 361 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 362 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed 1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/– switch on the steering wheel. To increase speed To decrease speed Driving 362 • Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly. • If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly. If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not

accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set following-interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 363 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ To Set or Change Following-interval Press the (distance) button to change the ACC with LSF following-interval. Each time you press the button, the followinginterval (the interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of you) setting cycles through short, middle, long, and extra long followingintervals. Distance Button Determine the most appropriate followinginterval setting based on your specific driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following-interval requirements set by local regulation. Driving Continued 363 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 364 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low

Speed Follow (LSF) * The higher your selected set speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your reference When the Set Speed is: Following-interval Driving 364 50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h) Short 83 feet 25 meters 1.1 sec 100 feet 31 meters 1.1 sec Middle 110 feet 33 meters 1.5 sec 137 feet 42 meters 1.5 sec Long 154 feet 47 meters 2.1 sec 200 feet 61 meters 2.1 sec Extra Long 204 feet 62 meters 2.8 sec 265 feet 81 meters 2.8 sec 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 365 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ To Cancel MAIN Button CANCEL Button 1To Cancel To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the following: • Press the CANCEL button. • Press the MAIN button. u ACC with LSF indicator goes off. • Depress the brake pedal. u When the LSF function has stopped the vehicle, you

cannot cancel ACC with LSF by depressing the brake pedal. Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+/SET/ – switch up. The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC with LSF has been turned off using the MAIN button. Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then set the desired speed. Driving Continued 365 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 366 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ Automatic cancellation Driving 366 The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when ACC with LSF is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC with LSF to automatically cancel: • Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) • When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. • The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.

• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding. • Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods. • Abrupt steering wheel movement. • When the ABS, VSA® or CMBSTM is activated. • When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on. • When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope. • When you manually apply the parking brake. • When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your vehicle. • The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, gets dirty. The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied • The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary. • The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes. • The engine is turned off. 1Automatic cancellation Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled, you can still resume the

prior set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves, then press the RES/+/SET/– switch up. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 367 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) * ■ To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control Press and hold the 1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control (distance) button for one second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on the multi-information display for two seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise. To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and hold the ACC with LSF ON Always be aware which mode you are in. When you are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle ahead of you. button again for one second. Cruise Control ON Driving Distance Button 367 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 368 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection * Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection * Alerts you when it determines the possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or pedestrian detected in front of you. If the system determines a collision is possible, it gives visual and audible alerts. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.) ■ How the system works For a possible collision with a vehicle: Warnings may be given when your vehicle speed is about 10 mph (15 km/h) and above. For a possible collision with a pedestrian: Warnings may be given when your vehicle speed is between about 10 and 62 mph (15 and 100 km/h). You can set Long, Normal or Short for when warnings start: Driving Long Normal Short Your Vehicle 368 * Not available on all models Vehicle Ahead 1Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection * Important Safety Reminder FCW with

Pedestrian Detection cannot detect all objects ahead and may not detect a given object; accuracy of the system will vary based on weather, speed and other factors. FCW with Pedestrian Detection does not include a braking function. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions. You can change the Forward Collision Warning Distance setting or turn the system on and off. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 369 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection * The camera is located behind the rearview mirror. Beep Visual Alerts Driving The beeper sounds and the BRAKE message appears in the multiinformation display until a possible collision is avoided. Audible Alert Continued 369 16 ACURA

TLX-31TZ36100.book 370 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection * ■ Automatic shutoff FCW with Pedestrian Detection may automatically shut itself off and the FCW with Pedestrian Detection indicator comes and stays on when: • The temperature inside the system is high. • You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an extended period. • An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.) • The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, gets dirty. Once the conditions that caused FCW with Pedestrian Detection to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g, cleaning), the system comes back on Driving 370 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 371 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with

Pedestrian Detection * ■ FCW with Pedestrian Detection Conditions and Limitations In certain conditions FCW with pedestrian Detection may: • Not activate, or may not detect a vehicle or pedestrian in front of your vehicle. • Activate even when you are aware of a vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you, or when there is no vehicle or pedestrian ahead. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. ■ Environmental conditions Continued Driving • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) • Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. • There is little contrast between objects and the background. • Driving into low sunlight (e.g, at dawn or dusk) • Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. • Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. • Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles or pedestrians. • Reflections on the interior of the front windshield. • The road is hilly or the vehicle is

approaching the crest of a hill. • Driving over bumps. 371 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 372 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection * ■ Roadway conditions • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). ■ Vehicle conditions • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. • The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • The inside of the windshield is fogged. • The camera temperature gets too hot. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.) • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. Driving 372 * Not available on all models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 373 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日

水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection * ■ Detection limitations • A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. • The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is too short. • A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. • When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you at high speed. • The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small vehicle. • When there are animals in front of your vehicle. • When you drive on a curved winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. • The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is significantly large. Driving Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only • When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together

side by side. • Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian. • When the pedestrian is squatting. • When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about 6.6 feet (2 meters) in height 373 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 374 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW) * Lane Departure Warning (LDW) * Alerts you when the system determines a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings. ■ How the System Works If your vehicle is getting too close to detected left or right side lane markings without a turn signal activated, LDW will give audible and visual alerts. The beeper sounds and the Lane Departure message appears on the multi-information display, letting you know that you need to take appropriate action. Driving ■ How

the System Activates The system begins to search for lane markings when all the following conditions are met: • The vehicle is traveling between 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). • The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. • The turn signals are off. • The brake pedal is not depressed. • The wipers are not in continuous operation. 374 * Not available on all models 1Lane Departure Warning (LDW) * Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, LDW has limitations. Over-reliance on LDW may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane. LDW only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. LDW may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions. You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2

Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 1How the System Activates LDW may automatically shut off and the LDW indicator comes and stays on. 2 Indicators P. 86 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 375 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW) * ■ LDW On and Off Indicator Press the LDW button to turn the system on and off. u The indicator in the button comes on when the system is on. LDW Button Driving Continued 375 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 376 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW) * ■ LDW Conditions and Limitations LDW may not activate or may not recognize lanes, and may activate even when keeping in the middle of a lane, under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. ■ Environmental conditions Driving • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) • Sudden changes between light and

dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. • There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. • Driving into low sunlight (e.g, at dawn or dusk) • Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. • Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. • Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. • Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. • Reflections on the interior of the front windshield. ■ Roadway conditions • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). • Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. • Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road repairs or old lane markings. • The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g, such as at an intersection or crosswalk). • The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. • The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane

lines. • The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. • Driving over bumps. 376 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 377 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW) * ■ Vehicle conditions • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. • The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • The inside of the windshield is fogged. • The camera temperature gets too hot. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.) • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. Driving * Not available on all models 377 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 378 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System *

Alerts and helps to assist you when the system determines a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings. ■ How the System Works The front camera behind the rearview mirror monitors left and right lane markings (in white or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to detected lane markings without a turn signal activated, the system, in addition to a visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to help you remain within the detected lane. Driving As a visual alert, the Lane Departure message appears on the multi-information display. If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the roadway, it may apply braking. u Braking is applied only when the lane markings are solid continuous lines. The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings. If the system operates several times

without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you. 378 * Not available on all models 1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has limitations. Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane. The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM system may not detect all lane markings or lane or roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions. You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 The RDM system may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions: 2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 381 There are times when you may not notice RDM functions due to

your operation of the vehicle, or road surface conditions. If the Lane Departure message displays repeatedly and you do not apply responsive actions, the system beeps and cancels RDM functions. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 379 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * ■ How the System Activates 1How the System Activates The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the following conditions are met: • The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). • The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. • The turn signals are off. • The brake pedal is not depressed. • The wipers are not in continuous operation. • The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being turned. • The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating, braking or steering. The RDM system may

automatically shut off and the indicator comes and stays on. 2 Indicators P. 87 RDM system function can be impacted when the vehicle is: • Not driven within a traffic lane. • Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of a lane. • Driven in a narrow lane. Driving Continued 379 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 380 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * ■ RDM On and Off RDM Button Indicator Driving 380 1RDM On and Off Press the RDM button to turn the system on and off. u The indicator in the button comes on and the message appears on the multiinformation display when the system is on. When you have selected Warning Only from the customized options using the multi-information display, the system does not operate the steering wheel and braking. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 381 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad

Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * ■ RDM Conditions and Limitations The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below ■ Environmental conditions • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) • Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. • There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. • Driving into low sunlight (e.g, at dawn or dusk) • Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. • Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. • Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. • Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. • Reflections on the interior of the front windshield. Driving Continued 381 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 382 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM)

System * ■ Roadway conditions • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). • Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. • Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road repairs or old lane markings. • The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g, such as at an intersection or crosswalk). • The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. • The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. • The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. • Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. • When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white lines (or yellow lines). • When driving on roads with double lines. Driving 382 ■ Vehicle conditions • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. • The outside of the windshield is

streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • The inside of the windshield is fogged. • The camera temperature gets too hot. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.) • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. • When tire chains are installed. * Not available on all models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 383 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides audible and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane. Models with LDW Models with RDM Models with RDM Normal or Wide selected. Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. Warning

Only selected. Beeps and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * Important Safety Reminders The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a substitute for your vehicle control. The system does not work if you take your hands off the steering wheel or fail to steer the vehicle. 2 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages P. 113 Do not place objects on the instrument panel. Objects may reflect on the front windshield and prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes. ■ LKAS camera Monitors the lane lines Driving LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. LKAS may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions. The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways. The LKAS may not work properly or

may work improperly under the certain conditions: 2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 389 When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and resumes after the signals are off. If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering. * Not available on all models Continued LKAS may not function as designed on while driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with sharp curves. You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 383 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 384 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ Lane Keep Support Function 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane, when the vehicle nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power

steering will become stronger. Driving ■ Lane Departure Warning Function When the vehicle enters the warning area, LKAS alerts you with slight steering wheel vibration as well a warning display. Warning Area Warning Area 384 * Not available on all models When it fails to detect lanes, the system will temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected, system will recover automatically. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 385 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ When the System can be Used 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * The system can be used when the following conditions are met. • The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and your vehicle is in the center of the lane. • The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). • You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road. • The turn signals are off. • The brake pedal

is not depressed. • The wipers are not in continuous operation. You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS and have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ■ How to activate the system MAIN Button * Not available on all models Driving LKAS Button 1. Press the MAIN button u The LKAS is on in the multi-information display. The system is ready to use. 2. Press the LKAS button u Lane outlines appear on the multiinformation display. The system is activated. Continued 385 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 386 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * 3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. u The dotted outer lines change to solid ones once the system starts operating after detecting the left and

right lane markings. 1When the System can be Used The LKAS temporarily deactivates when it fails to detect lane lines. When the system detects the lines again, it comes back on automatically. Models with ACC is shown. ■ To cancel 1To cancel Driving MAIN Button LKAS Button 386 Models with ACC To cancel the LKAS: Press the MAIN or LKAS button. Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF on and off. The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle. Pressing the MAIN button also turns cruise control on and off. Models without ACC 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 387 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ The system operation is suspended if When the LKAS is suspended, the lane lines on the multiinformation display change to contour lines, and the beeper sounds. you: • Set the wipers to continuous operation.

u Turning the wipers off resumes the LKAS. • Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40 mph (64 km/h) or less. u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45 mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS. • Depress the brake pedal. u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting the lane lines again once you release the brake pedal. Driving Continued 387 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 388 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when: • The system fails to detect lane lines. • The steering wheel is quickly turned. • You fail to steer the vehicle. • The vehicle runs on a curved road over the speed limit. Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes. ■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when: • The camera temperature gets too high. • The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield,

gets dirty. • When driving through a sharp curve. • When driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h). • When the ABS or VSA® systems engage. Driving 388 A beeper will sound if the LKAS is automatically canceled. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 389 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ LKAS Conditions and Limitations The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following: ■ Environmental conditions • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) • Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. • There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. • Driving into low sunlight (e.g, at dawn or dusk) • Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. • Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. • Shadows

of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. • Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. • Reflections on the interior of the front windshield. Driving Continued 389 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 390 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ Roadway conditions • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). • Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. • Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road repairs or old lane markings. • The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g, such as at an intersection or crosswalk). • The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. • The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. • The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. • Driving on

rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. • When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white lines (or yellow lines). • When driving on roads with double lines. Driving 390 ■ Vehicle conditions • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. • The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • The inside of the windshield is fogged. • The camera temperature gets too hot. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.) • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. * Not available on all models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 391 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic

Stability Control (ESC), System VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes. ■ VSA® Operation When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified. When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to

drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety. The main function of the VSA® system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function. Continued Driving VSA® System Indicator 1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System 391 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 392 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System ■ VSA® OFF Button VSA® OFF Indicator This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially turn the VSA features on and off, press and hold it until you hear a beep. The traction control stops fully functioning, allowing the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. The VSA® OFF indicator will also come on. To turn it on again, press the button until you hear a beep. (VSA® OFF)

Driving VSA® is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle. 1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System With the button pressed, your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but VSA® traction and stability enhancement becomes less effective. In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier to free it with the button pressed. When the button is pressed, the traction control function becomes less effective. This allows for the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should only attempt to free your vehicle with the button pressed if you are not able to free it without. Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to press the button again. We do not recommend driving your vehicle with the button pressed (indicator on). You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are

being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal 392 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 393 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist System Agile Handling Assist System Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during cornering. 1Agile Handling Assist System The agile handling assist system cannot enhance stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety. When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, the agile handling assist system does not activate. You may hear a sound coming from the engine compartment while the system is activated. This is normal. Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS®) System * The Precision All-Wheel SteerTM

(P-AWS®) system cannot enhance vehicle control and stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety. Driving Monitors your vehicle’s response to road conditions while you are driving. In response to current driving conditions, the system automatically makes slight adjustment to the relative rear wheel toe settings to help enhance vehicle control and stability. 1Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS®) System * The toe setting of the rear wheels may get stuck in a non-centered setting if the system malfunctions while driving. This can cause the vehicle to pull to a side even as you keep the steering wheel in the center position. If this occurs, the system automatically limits the vehicle speed to a maximum of 50 mph (80 km/h). Reduce your speed and be extra cautious, as handling may be difficult. Go to a dealer immediately. * Not available on all models 393 16 ACURA

TLX-31TZ36100.book 394 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System * Blind Spot Information (BSI) System * Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.” When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes. ■ How the system works The transmission is in (D . Your vehicle speed is between 20 mph (32 km/h) Radar Sensors: and 100 mph (160 km/h) underneath the Alert zone range rear bumper corners A: Approx. 16 ft (05 m) B: Approx. 10 ft (3 m) C: Approx. 10 ft (3 m) 1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System * 3 WARNING Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on the blind spot

information system when changing lanes. Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes. Alert Zone A B Driving C Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over reliance on BSI may result in a collision. The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is within the alert zone, the following situations may occur. • The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind Spot Info Not Available multi-information display appearing. • The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the message appearing. The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the following conditions: • A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more than two seconds. • A vehicle is parked in a side lane. • The speed difference between your vehicle and the vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h). • An object not detected by the

radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle. 394 * Not available on all models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 395 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System * ■ When the system detects a vehicle BSI Alert Indicator: Located near the outside rearview mirror on both sides. Comes on when: A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind to overtake you with a speed difference of no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your vehicle. You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h). Blinks and a beeper sounds when: You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times. 1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System * Comes On Blinks You can change the setting for BSI. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 For a proper BSI use: • Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. • Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with Driving

BSI may be adversely affected when: • Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are detected. • An object that does not reflect radio waves well, such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone. • Driving on a curved road. • A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent lane. • The system picks up external electrical interference. • The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. • The orientation of the sensors has been changed. • In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog). labels or stickers of any kind. • Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted. * Not available on all models 395 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 396 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 uuWhen DrivinguSuper Handling-All Wheel Drive TM 水曜日 午後１時５４分 (SH-AWD®) * Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM

(SH-AWD®) * The system controls and transfers varying amounts of engine torque to each wheel in accordance with the driving conditions. SH-AWD helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle situations like slippery surfaces, such as on wet, icy, or snowy roads, better than when driving with two wheel drive. However, the system does not help to enhance braking Be precautious about the following: • It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply brakes. • Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces. 1Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD®) * The SH-AWD® system may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified. 2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 468 Do not continuously spin the front tires of your vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can cause damage to the transmission and SH-AWD unit. If the SH-AWD indicator blinks

while driving, it indicates the differential temperature is too high. If this happens, pull to the side of the road when it is safe, change the gear position to (P , and idle the engine until the indicator goes out. Driving 396 * Not available on all models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 397 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the multi-information display. 1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on. 2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 515 Tire pressure checked and inflated in: • Warm

weather can become under-inflated in colder weather. • Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer weather. The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on as a result of over inflation. Continued Driving The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you are adjusting using audible and visual indications. 2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 515 397 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 398 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ■ Tire Pressure Monitor Models with full color display Models without full color display 1Tire Pressure Monitor To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power mode to ON, and roll the right selector wheel until you see the tire pressure screen. The pressure for each tire is displayed in PSI (U.S) or kPa (Canada) Models with full color display Models without full color

display Driving 398 * Not available on all models Tire Pressures Low/CHECK TIRE PRESSURE is displayed when a tire has significantly low pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the screen. The pressure displayed on the multi-information display can be slightly different from the actual pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a significant difference between the two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message on the multi-information display do not go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have the system checked by a dealer. Tire Pressure Monitor Problem/CHECK TPMS SYSTEM may appear if you drive with the compact spare tire *, or there is a problem with the TPMS. If a change in tire pressure has been significant the beeper and hazard warning lights may do lay in sounding and flashing when the specific tire pressure is reached. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 399 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale Driving when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a

significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Continued 399 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 400 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and

then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. Driving When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. 400 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 401 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Braking Brake System ■ Parking Brake 1Parking Brake Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. You can manually apply and release, or automatically release it. ■ Manual

operations Use the electric parking brake switch to apply or release the brake. Manually releasing the parking brake using the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and smoothly when facing down hill on steep hills. ■ To apply manually Models with electronic gear selector Pull the electric parking brake switch up gently and securely. u The electric parking brake indicator comes on. The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric parking brake system operation when you apply or release the parking brake. This is normal You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the battery goes dead. 2 Jump Starting P. 505 If you pull up the electric parking brake switch while driving, all four brakes get applied, not the parking brake. Models with shift lever Electric Parking Brake Switch Continued Driving In the following situations, the parking brake automatically operates. • When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes while ACC with LSF * is activated. • When the driver’s

seat belt is unfastened while your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with LSF *. • When the engine is turned off while ACC with LSF * is activated. • When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake hold system activated for more than 10 minutes. • When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while your vehicle is stopped and brake hold is applied. • When the engine is turned off while brake hold is applied. • When there is a problem with the Brake Hold System. Electric Parking Brake Switch * Not available on all models You may hear the electric parking brake system motor operating from the rear wheel area when you apply or release the parking brake, or set the power mode to OFF. This is normal 401 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 402 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBrakinguBrake System Models with electronic gear selector ■ To release manually 1. Depress the brake pedal 2. Press the electric parking brake switch u The

electric parking brake indicator goes off. Electric Parking Brake Switch Models with shift lever Driving 402 Electric Parking Brake Switch 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 403 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBrakinguBrake System ■ To release automatically 1Parking Brake Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake. Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle facing uphill, or in a traffic jam. Gently depress the accelerator pedal. When on a hill, it may require more accelerator input to release. u The electric parking brake indicator goes off. Accelerator Pedal The parking brake cannot be released automatically while the following indicators are on: • Malfunction indicator lamp • Transmission indicator The parking brake may not be released automatically while the following indicators are on: • Electric parking brake system indicator • VSA® system indicator • ABS

indicator • Supplemental restraint system indicator Driving You can release the parking brake automatically when: • You are wearing the driver’s seat belt. • The engine is running. • The transmission is not in (P or (N . If the parking brake cannot be released automatically, release it manually. Continued 403 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 404 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBrakinguBrake System ■ Foot Brake Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when braking very hard. 2 Brake Assist System P. 408 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 407 1Foot Brake Check the brakes after driving through deep water, or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the pedal several

times. If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by high frequency vibration of the brake pads against the rotating brake disc. Driving Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a lower gear. Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad life. It will also confuse drivers behind you 404 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 405 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分

uuBrakinguBrake System ■ Automatic Brake Hold 1Automatic Brake Hold Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, such as when you stop at a traffic light. ■ Turning on the system ■ Activating the system ■ Canceling the system On On On On Goes Off U.S Automatic Brake Hold Button On Canada Depress the brake pedal to come to a complete stop. The transmission must be in (D or (N . The automatic brake hold indicator comes on. Braking is kept for up to 10 minutes. Release the brake pedal after the automatic brake hold indicator comes on. Accelerator Pedal Depress the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in (D or (R . The system is canceled and the vehicle starts to move. The automatic brake hold indicator goes off. The system continues to be on. Activating the automatic brake hold system on steep hills or slippery roads may still allow the

vehicle to move if you remove your foot from the brake pedal. If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death. Never activate the automatic brake hold system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from moving when stopped on a steep hill or slippery roads. 3 WARNING Using the automatic brake hold system to park the vehicle may result in the vehicle unexpectedly moving. Driving Fasten your seat belt properly, then start the engine. Press the automatic brake hold button. The automatic brake hold system indicator comes on. The system is turned on. Brake Pedal 3 WARNING If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death. Never leave the vehicle when braking is temporarily kept by automatic brake hold and always park the vehicle by putting the transmission in (P and applying the parking brake. Continued 405 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 406 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuBrakinguBrake System ■ The system automatically cancels when: • You depress the brake pedal and change to (P or (R . • You engage the parking brake. Under the following conditions, the system automatically cancels, and the parking brake is applied: • Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes. • The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. • The engine is turned off. • Brake Hold System Problem appears on the multi-information display. ■ Turning off the automatic brake hold system Driving Goes Off Automatic Brake Hold Button 406 While the system is on, press the automatic brake hold button again. u The automatic brake hold system indicator goes off. If you want to turn off automatic brake hold while the system is in operation, press the automatic brake hold button with the brake pedal depressed. 1Automatic Brake Hold While the system is activated, you can turn off the engine or park the vehicle through the same procedure as you normally do. 2

When Stopped P. 417 Whether the system is on, or the system is activated, the automatic brake hold turns off once the engine is off. 1Turning on the system Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold system before using an automated car wash. You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves while the automatic brake hold system is in operation. The system generates sound while holding the vehicle and it moves. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 407 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS) Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ■ ABS Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you. The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading. You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always keeping firm, steady

pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as “stomp and steer.” ■ ABS operation When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops. NOTICE The ABS may not function correctly if you use an incorrect tire type and size. When the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While normal braking is not affected, there is a possibility of the ABS not operating. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control during hard braking. In the following cases, your vehicle may need more stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS: • When driving on rough road surfaces, including when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or snow. • When tire chains are installed. Driving The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need

to press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice. 1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal 407 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 408 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBrakinguBrake Assist System Brake Assist System ■ Brake Assist System Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress the brake pedal hard during emergency braking. ■ Brake assist system operation Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking. When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise may be heard. This is normal Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down Driving 408 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 409 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable. ■ How the system works When to use The camera is located behind the rearview mirror. 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * Important Safety Reminder The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collision nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering wheel appropriately according to the driving conditions. The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front

of your vehicle under certain conditions: 2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 413 You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 Driving The radar sensor is in the front grille. The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you. The CMBSTM activates when: The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision. Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you. * Not available on all models Continued 409 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 410 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System TM 水曜日 午後１時５４分 (CMBSTM) * ■ When the system activates 1When the

system activates The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the collision is avoided. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.) Head-up Warning Lights Visual Alerts The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect pedestrians. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of your vehicle under certain conditions. Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection limitations from the list. 2 FCW with Pedestrian Detection Conditions and Limitations P. 371 The head-up warning uses a lens located at the front end of the dashboard. Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it. Beep Driving Audible Alert At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/ Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through multiinformation display setting options. 2 List of customizable options P. 129, 267

410 Lens 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 411 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ Collision Alert Stages The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of the stages before initiating the last stage. CMBSTM Distance between vehicles Stage one Normal Long Short Vehicle Ahead Your Vehicle Your Vehicle There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead of you. E-pretensioner Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking When in Long, visual and audible alerts come on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a shorter distance than in Normal. Vehicle Ahead Retracts the driver’s seat The risk of a belt gently a few times, collision has providing a physical increased, time to warning. respond is reduced. Vehicle Ahead Forcefully tightens driver The

CMBSTM and front passenger seat determines that a belts. collision is unavoidable. Lightly applied Driving Stage two The radar sensor detects a vehicle Visual and audible alerts. Stage three Your Vehicle Forcefully applied Continued 411 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 412 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System TM 水曜日 午後１時５４分 (CMBSTM) * ■ CMBSTM On and Off 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * Press this button until the beeper sounds to switch the system on or off. When the CMBSTM is off: • The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument panel comes on. • A message on the multi-information display reminds you that the system is off. The CMBSTM is in the previously selected ON or OFF setting each time you start the engine. Driving 412 * Not available on all models The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain conditions: 2 CMBSTM

Conditions and Limitations P. 413 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 413 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 353 ■ Environmental conditions ■ Roadway conditions Driving • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) • Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. • There is little contrast between objects and the background. • Driving into low sunlight (e.g, at dawn or dusk) • Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. • Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. • Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians. •

Reflections on the interior of the front windshield. • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). • Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads. * Not available on all models Continued 413 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 414 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System TM 水曜日 午後１時５４分 (CMBSTM) * ■ Vehicle conditions • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. • The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • The inside of the windshield is fogged. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.) • When tire chains are installed. • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. • The camera temperature gets too hot. • Driving with the parking brake

applied. • When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. Driving 414 * Not available on all models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 415 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ Detection limitations Continued Driving • A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. • The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is too short. • A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. • When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you at high speed. • The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small vehicle. • When there are animals in front of your vehicle. • When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. • The speed difference between your

vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is significantly large. • An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. • Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc. • Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. • When driving through a narrow iron bridge. • When a pedestrian blends in with the background. • When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands or raised or they are running. • When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group. • When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down. • When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size). 415 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 416 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System TM 水曜日 午後１時５４分 (CMBSTM) * ■ With Little Chance of a Collision The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of

you, or when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are: ■ When Passing Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass. ■ At an intersection Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn. ■ On a curve When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming vehicle is right in front of you. Driving ■ Through a low bridge at high speed You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed. ■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc. You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when parking, stationary vehicles and walls. 416 * Not available on all models 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * For the CMBSTM to work properly: Always keep the radar sensor cover clean. Never use chemical solvents or polishing

powder for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent. Do not put a sticker on the emblem or replace the emblem. If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to a dealer. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 417 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Parking Your Vehicle When Stopped 1. Depress the brake pedal firmly 2. With the brake pedal depressed, pull up the electric parking brake switch slowly, but fully. 3. Change the gear position to (P 4. Turn off the engine u The electric parking brake indicator goes off in about 15 seconds. 1Parking Your Vehicle Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects, such as dry grass, oil, or timber. Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire. 1When Stopped NOTICE Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, particularly if you are parked on an

incline. The following can damage the transmission: • Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals simultaneously. • Changing into (P before the vehicle stops completely. 3 WARNING Driving When facing uphill, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire inside the vehicle. The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged. Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position Indicator. 417 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 418 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System * Parking Sensor System * The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles around your vehicle. The beeper and audio/information screen lets you know the approximate distance between your vehicle and the obstacle. ■ The sensor location and range Front Corner Sensors Rear Corner

Sensors Rear Center Sensors 1Parking Sensor System * Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is no obstacle near your vehicle before parking. The system may not work properly when: • The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or dirt. • The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass, bumps, or a hill. • The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather. • The system is affected by some electronic devices that generate ultrasonic wave. • Driving in bad weather. The system may not sense: Driving • Thin or low objects. • Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton, Within about 24 in (60 cm) or less Within about 43 in (110 cm) or less or sponge. • Objects directly under the bumper. Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors. 418 * Not available on all models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 419 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System * ■ Parking sensor

system on and off With the power mode in ON, press the parking sensor system button to turn the system on or off. The indicator in the button comes on and the beeper sounds when the system is on. The rear center and corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is in (R , and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h). Continued Driving The front corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is not in (P , and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h). 419 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 420 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System * ■ When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter Length of the intermittent beep Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle Indicator Corner Sensors Center Sensors Moderate Rear: About 43-24 in (110-60 cm) Short About 24-18 in (60-45 cm) About 24-18 in (60-45 cm) Very short About 18-14 in

(45-35 cm) About 18-14 in (45-35 cm) About 14 in (35 cm) or less About 14 in (35 cm) or less Audio/information screen Blinks in Yellow*1 Blinks in Amber Continuous Driving 420 *1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles. Indicators light where the sensor detects an obstacle. Blinks in Red 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 421 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 ■ Turning off All Rear Sensors 1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). 2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON 3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds Release the button when the indicator in the button flashes. 4. Press the button again The indicator in the button goes off u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System * 1Turning off All Rear Sensors When you set the gear position to (R , the

indicator in the parking sensor system button blinks as a reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off. To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds three times when the rear sensors come back on. Driving 421 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 422 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * Cross Traffic Monitor * Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected. The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space. 1Cross Traffic Monitor * 3 CAUTION Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all approaching vehicles and may not detect an approaching vehicle at all. Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to back up the vehicle before doing so may result in a collision. Do not solely rely on the system when reversing; always also use your mirrors, and look

behind and to the sides of your vehicle before reversing. Driving 422 * Not available on all models 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 423 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * ■ How the System Works 1Cross Traffic Monitor * The system activates when: • The power mode is in ON. • The Cross Traffic Monitor system is turned on. 2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 424 2 Customized Features P. 259 • The transmission is in (R . • Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or lower. Radar sensors: Underneath the rear bumper corners The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly behind your vehicle. The system does not detect or provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your vehicle, and it may not detect or alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects. *

Not available on all models Continued Driving When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning. Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect an approaching vehicle, or may delay alerting you under the following conditions: • A vehicle, which is parked adjacent to your vehicle, is blocking the radar sensor’s scope. • Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph (5 km/h) or higher. • A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than between about 6 and 16 mph (10 and 25 km/h). • The system picks up external interference such as other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby. • Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with snow, ice, mud or dirt. • When there is bad weather. • Your vehicle is on an incline. • Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear. • The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly repaired or the

rear bumper has been deformed. Have a vehicle checked by a dealer For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind. 423 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 424 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * ■ When the System Detects a Vehicle 1When the System Detects a Vehicle If the on the lower right changes to when the transmission is in (R , mud, snow or ice may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. Check the bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean the area if necessary. Arrow Icon Rear Wide View Rear Normal View An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information screen. Driving ■ Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off You can switch on and off the system using the audio/information screen. 2 Customized Features P. 259 Icon 424 If the comes on

when the transmission is in (R , there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 425 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Multi-View Rear Camera About Your Multi-View Rear Camera The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display automatically changes to the rear view when the gear position is changed to (R . ■ Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area Wide View Mode Guidelines Bumper Normal View Mode The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects appear closer or farther than they actually are. Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do not rely on the rearview display which does

not give you all information about conditions at the back of your vehicle. If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris. Camera Approx. 20 inches (50 cm) Top Down View Mode Approx. 79 inches (2 m) Approx. 118 inches (3 m) You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display. Press the interface dial to switch the angle. If Top View is last used before you turn the power mode to OFF, Wide mode is selected next time you turn the power mode to ON and change to (R . You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic Guideline settings. 2 Customized Features P. 259 Driving Approx. 39 inches (1 m) 1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera Fixed Guideline On: Guidelines appear when you change the gear position to (R . Off: Guidelines do not appear. Dynamic Guideline On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel direction. Off: Guidelines do not move. 425 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 426 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Refueling Fuel Information ■ Fuel recommendation Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage. ■ Top tier detergent gasoline Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines. Driving Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is guaranteed to

contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission control system. For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acuracom In Canada, visit www.acuraca for additional information on gasoline For more information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergascom ■ Fuel tank capacity: 17.2 US gal (65 liters) 426 1Fuel Information NOTICE We recommend quality gasoline containing detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain good performance, fuel economy, and emissions control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is available. Use of gasoline with

these additives may adversely affect performance, and cause the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on. If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try another service station or switch to another brand of gasoline. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 427 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel How to Refuel Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel fill cap. You can insert the filler nozzle directly into the filler pipe. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler nozzle. 1. Stop your vehicle with the service station pump on the left side of the vehicle in the rear. 2. Turn off the engine 3. Press the fuel fill door release button u The

fuel fill door opens. Continued 3 WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel. • Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away. • Handle fuel only outdoors. • Wipe up spills immediately. The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only service station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of smaller diameter tubes (e.g, to siphon fuel for other uses) or other non-service station devices can damage the area in and around the filler opening. The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result of changes in air temperature. Driving 4. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the lower part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the filler nozzle goes down along with the filler pipe. u Keep the filler nozzle level. u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will click off automatically. u After filling, wait

about five seconds before removing the filler nozzle. 1How to Refuel If the fuel nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump If this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer. 427 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 428 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel 5. Shut the fuel fill door by hand 1How to Refuel Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed the full tank capacity. If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle. 2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container P. 525 Driving 428 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 429 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Fuel Economy Improving Fuel Economy Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions,

your driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle. ■ Maintenance and Fuel Economy You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle. Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the multi-information display. • Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal. • Maintain the specified tire pressure. • Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo. • Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside adds weight and increases wind resistance. 1Improving Fuel Economy Direct calculation is the recommended method to determine actual fuel consumed while driving. Miles driven Gallons of fuel Miles per Gallon 100 Liters of fuel Kilometers driven L per 100 km In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are established following a simulated test. For

more information on how this test is performed, please visit http://oee.nrcangcca/ Driving 429 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 430 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Accessories and Modifications Accessories When installing accessories, check the following: • Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and delay your reaction to driving conditions. • Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy. • Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with proper operation of your vehicle. 2 Fuses P. 517 • Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for assistance.

If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation Modifications Driving Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Acura components that can affect its handling, stability, and reliability. Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations. 430 1Accessories and Modifications 3 WARNING Improper accessories or modifications can affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and performance, and cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Follow all instructions in this owner’s manual regarding accessories and modifications. Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to ensure proper operation on your vehicle. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 431 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Maintenance This chapter discusses basic maintenance. Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and

Maintenance . 432 Safety When Performing Maintenance. 433 Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service . 434 Maintenance MinderTM . 435 Maintenance Under the Hood Maintenance Items Under the Hood. 440 Opening the Hood . 442 Recommended Engine Oil . 443 Oil Check . 444 Adding Engine Oil . 446 Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter. 447 Engine Coolant . 449 Transmission Fluid. 451 Brake Fluid. 452 Refilling Window Washer Fluid. 452 Replacing Light Bulbs . 453 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades . 460 Checking and Maintaining Tires Checking Tires . 462 Tire and Loading Information Label . 463 Tire Labeling . 463 Tire Service Life. 467 Tire and Wheel Replacement . 468 Tire Rotation. 469 Winter Tires . 470 Battery. 471 Remote Transmitter Care Replacing the Button Battery . 473 Climate Control System Maintenance . 475 Cleaning Interior Care . 476 Exterior Care. 478 DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S Vehicles) 465 Wear Indicators. 467 431 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 432 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer (Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in effect.) ■ Types of Inspection and Maintenance ■ Daily inspections Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when refueling. ■ Periodic inspections • Check the brake fluid level monthly. 2 Brake Fluid P. 452 • Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 462 • Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. Maintenance 432 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 453 1Inspection and Maintenance U.S models

Maintenance, replacement, or repair of emissions control devices and systems may be done by any automotive repair establishment or individuals using parts that are “certified” to EPA standards. According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on the maintenance main items marked with # will not void your emissions warranties. However, all maintenance services should be performed in accordance with the intervals indicated by the multi-information display. 2 Maintenance Service Items P. 438 If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a subscription to the Service Express website at www.techinfohondacom 2 Authorized Manuals P. 539 • Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months. 2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 460 If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first. After performing maintenance, update the records

in the separate maintenance booklet. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 433 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance Safety When Performing Maintenance Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform a given task. ■ Maintenance Safety • To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from the battery and all fuel related parts. • Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire. • To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not gasoline. • Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or compressed air. • Engine exhaust contains

carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you. u Operate the engine only when there is sufficient ventilation. • The vehicle must be in a stationary condition. u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and the engine is off. • Be aware that hot parts can burn you. u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before touching vehicle parts. • Be aware that moving parts can injure you. u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away from moving parts. u Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function * is activated. * Not available on all models 3 WARNING Improperly maintaining this vehicle or failing to correct a problem before driving can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Always follow the inspection and maintenance recommendations according to the schedules in this owner’s manual. 3 WARNING Failure to properly follow maintenance instructions and

precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed. Always follow the procedures and precautions in this owner’s manual. Maintenance ■ Vehicle Safety 1Safety When Performing Maintenance 433 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 434 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same high quality standards used in Acura vehicles. Maintenance 434 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 435 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Maintenance MinderTM If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages appear the multi-information display every time you set the power mode to ON. The messages notify you when to

change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services. Maintenance 435 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 436 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 TM TM uuMaintenance Minder uTo Use Maintenance Minder To Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the engine oil, appear on the multi-information display. You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time. 1. Set the power mode to ON 2. Roll the right selector wheel until the engine oil life appears on the multiinformation display Remaining Engine Oil Life Models with full color display Models without full color display Maintenance Service Items Maintenance 436 Right Selector Wheel 1Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items Based on the engine operating conditions, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and

displayed as a percentage. Displayed Engine Oil Life (%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 10 5 0 Calculated Engine Oil Life (%) 100 to 91 90 to 81 80 to 71 70 to 61 60 to 51 50 to 41 40 to 31 30 to 21 20 to 16 15 to 11 10 to 6 5 to 1 0 There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you can view on the multi-information display. 2 Maintenance Service Items P. 438 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 437 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display Oil Life Display*1 Explanation Information Maintenance Due Soon/ SERVICE DUE SOON 15 % The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent. Once you switch the display by rolling the right selector wheel, this message will go off. The engine oil is approaching the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced soon. Maintenance Due Now/ SERVICE DUE NOW 5%

The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 The engine oil has almost reached the percent. Roll the right selector wheel end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be to switch to another display. inspected and serviced as soon as possible. Maintenance Past Due/ SERVICE PAST DUE Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has The engine oil life has passed. passed its service life, and a negative The maintenance items must be distance appears after driving over 10 inspected and serviced immediately. miles (U.S models) or 10 km (Canadian models). Roll the right selector wheel to switch to another display. Maintenance Maintenance Message*1 *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message. Continued 437 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 438 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 TM TM uuMaintenance

Minder uTo Use Maintenance Minder ■ Maintenance Service Items System Message Indicator 1Maintenance Service Items • Independent of the Maintenance Minder information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years. Maintenance Minder Message Main Item • Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 Main Item *1 km). • Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if *2 they are noisy. *1: Models with full color display *2: Models without full color display CODE A B Sub Items Maintenance Maintenance Main Items Replace engine oil*1 Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter Inspect front and rear brakes Inspect tie rod ends, steering gear box, and boots Inspect suspension components Inspect driveshaft boots Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA) Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids Inspect exhaust system# Inspect fuel lines and connections# Check expiration information for Temporary Tire Repair Kit bottle *1: If a message Maintenance Due

Now/SERVICE DUE NOW does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year. # : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. *2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). *3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). 438 * Not available on all models Sub Items CODE 1 2 3 4 5 6 Maintenance Sub Items Rotate tires Replace air cleaner element*2 Replace dust and pollen filter*3 Inspect drive belt Replace transmission and transfer * fluid4 Replace spark plugs Replace timing belt and inspect water pump*5, 6 Inspect valve clearance Replace engine coolant Replace rear differential fluid *, 7 *4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperature. This requires

transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed at 40,000 miles (64,000 km), then every 30,000 miles (48,000 km). *5: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110°F, 43°C), in very low temperatures (under -20°F, -29°C), replace every 60,000 miles/100,000 km. *6: 6-cylinder models *7: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher level of mechanical (shear) stress to fluid. This requires differential fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the differential fluid changed at 7,500 miles (12,000 km), then every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 439 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Resetting

the Display 1Resetting the Display Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service. Models with full color display Models without full color display Maintenance Item Codes Maintenance Item Codes Engine Oil Life Engine Oil Life NOTICE Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance service results in the system showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious mechanical problems. The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after completing the required maintenance service. If someone other than a dealer performs maintenance service, reset the engine oil life display yourself. Right Selector Wheel 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259 Maintenance 1. Set the power mode to ON 2. Go to the Maintenance Info group 3. Push the right selector wheel u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display. 4. Select Reset with the right selector wheel, then push the right selector wheel u The displayed

maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display returns to 100%. To cancel the oil life reset mode, select Cancel, then push the right selector wheel. 439 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 440 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Maintenance Under the Hood Maintenance Items Under the Hood 4-cylinder models Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange) Engine Oil Fill Cap Brake Fluid (Black Cap) Washer Fluid (Black Cap) Battery Maintenance Engine Coolant Reserve Tank Radiator Cap 440 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 441 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduMaintenance Items Under the Hood 6-cylinder models Engine Oil Fill Cap Brake Fluid (Black Cap) Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange) Washer Fluid (Black Cap) Battery Maintenance Engine Coolant Reserve Tank Radiator Cap 441 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 442 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood Opening the Hood Hood Release Handle 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set the parking brake. 2. Pull the hood release handle under the lower left corner of the dashboard. u The hood will pop up slightly. 1Opening the Hood NOTICE Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are raised. The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage either the hood or the wipers. Pull When closing the hood, check that the hood is securely latched. 3. Slide the hood latch lever in the center of the hood to release the lock mechanism, and open the hood. If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated. Models with Auto Idle Stop Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated. Lever Maintenance 442 4. Lift the hood up most of the way u The hydraulic supports will lift it up the rest of the way and hold it

up. When closing, lower it to approximately 12 inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with your hands. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 443 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil Recommended Engine Oil • Genuine Acura Motor Oil • Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the container. Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s performance and longevity. If you drive the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged. 1Recommended Engine Oil Engine Oil Additives Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact, they may adversely affect the engine performance and durability. This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum Institute’s latest requirements. Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for the ambient temperature as shown.

Maintenance Ambient Temperature ■ Synthetic oil You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal and is the specified viscosity grade. 443 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 444 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check Oil Check We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. Park the vehicle on level ground. Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the oil. 1. Remove the dipstick (orange) 4-cylinder models 2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or paper towel. 3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its hole. 6-cylinder models Maintenance 444 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 445 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check 4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. Add oil if

necessary 4-cylinder models 1Oil Check If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly add oil being careful not to overfill. Upper Mark Lower Mark 6-cylinder models Upper Mark Lower Mark Maintenance 445 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 446 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil Adding Engine Oil 4-cylinder models Engine Oil Fill Cap 6-cylinder models Engine Oil Fill Cap Maintenance 446 1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap 2. Add oil slowly 3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten it securely. 4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the engine oil dipstick. 1Adding Engine Oil If any oil spills, wipe it up immediately. Spilled oil may damage the engine compartment components. NOTICE Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark. Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and engine damage. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 447 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multiinformation display. 1. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature, and then turn the engine off. 2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil fill cap. 3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from Washer the bottom of the engine, and drain the oil into a suitable container. 1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter NOTICE You may damage the environment if you do not dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take it to a recycling center. Do not

throw the oil away into a garbage can or onto the ground. You will need a special wrench to replace the oil filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer When installing the new oil filter, follow the instructions supplied with the oil filter. Drain Bolt 4-cylinder models Under Cover 4-cylinder models 4. Remove the bolts on the undercarriage by turning to the left and remove the under cover. Bolt 5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the remaining oil. 6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to the engine contact surface. u If it is stuck, you must detach it. 7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the engine block, and install a new oil filter. u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the oil filter rubber seal. Continued Maintenance All models Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine The low oil pressure indicator should go off within five seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check your work. 447 16 ACURA

TLX-31TZ36100.book 448 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter 4-cylinder models Oil Filter 6-cylinder models 8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then reinstall the drain bolt. u Tightening torque: 30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m) 9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the engine. u Engine oil change capacity (including filter): 4-cylinder models 4.4 US qt (42 L) 6-cylinder models Oil Filter Maintenance 448 4.5 US qt (43 L) 10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine. 11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the drain bolt or oil filter. 12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the dipstick. u If necessary, add more engine oil. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 449 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuMaintenance Under the

HooduEngine Coolant Engine Coolant 1Engine Coolant Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water. We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly ■ Reserve Tank 1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank. MAX NOTICE If temperatures consistently below -22°F (-30°C) are expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to a higher concentration. Consult a dealer for more information. If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail.

Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible. Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicle’s coolant system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components. MIN 2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark. 3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks Continued Maintenance Reserve Tank 449 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 450 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant ■ Radiator 4-cylinder models Radiator Cap 6-cylinder models Radiator Cap Maintenance 450 1Radiator 1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool. 2. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise and relieve any pressure in the coolant system. Do not push the cap down when turning. 3. Push down and turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to remove it. 4. The coolant level should be up to the

base of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low 5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it fully. 6. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back on the reserve tank. 3 WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap. NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 451 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid Transmission Fluid ■ Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid * Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 2.0 Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary. Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself. ■

Automatic Transmission Fluid * Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3.0 Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary. * Not available on all models NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 is not covered by Acura’s new vehicle warranty. 1Automatic Transmission Fluid * NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 3.0 with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE 3.0 may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 3.0 is not covered by Acura’s new vehicle warranty.

Maintenance Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself. 1Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid * 451 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 452 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid Brake Fluid Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 NOTICE ■ Checking the Brake Fluid Brake Reservoir 1Brake Fluid The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir. Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive damage. If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed container as a temporary replacement. MAX Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible. MIN If the brake fluid level is at or

below the MIN mark, have a dealer inspect for leaks or worn brake pads as soon as possible. Refilling Window Washer Fluid Maintenance Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir. If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir. Canadian models If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the multi-information display. Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir 452 1Refilling Window Washer Fluid NOTICE Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water solution in the windshield washer reservoir. Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield washer pump. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 453 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Replacing Light Bulbs Headlights Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Fog Lights * 1Headlights The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be

adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician. Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Front Side Marker/Parking Lights Front side marker/parking lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights Side turn signal lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Maintenance * Not available on all models 453 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 454 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal Light Bulbs Front Turn Signal Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. Front Turn Signal Light: 24 W (PWY 24W Amber/Silver) Inner Fender Clip (B) Clip (A) 1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the opposite side from the light being

replaced. Passenger’s side: Turn the steering wheel to the left. Driver’s side: Turn the steering wheel to the right. 2. Remove the holding clips (A) and (B), pull the inner fender back. 1Front Turn Signal Light Bulbs Holding clip (A-type) Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center pin to remove the clip. 3. Turn the cover to the left and remove it Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push until it is flat. Maintenance 454 Cover Push until the pin is flat. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 455 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal Light Bulbs 4. Push the tab to remove the coupler Tab 1Front Turn Signal Light Bulbs Holding clip (B-type) Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the central pin to remove the clip. Central pin Coupler 5. Turn the socket to the left and remove it 6. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb Bulb Insert the clip with the central

pin raised, and push until it is flat. Socket Maintenance Push until the pin is flat. 455 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 456 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear Turn Signal Light Bulbs Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W Cover 1. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver to remove the covers. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to prevent scratches. 2. Remove the mounting bolts 3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar Maintenance 456 Bolt 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 457 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake/Taillight and Rear Side Marker Lights Socket 4. Turn the socket to the left and remove it Remove the old bulb. 5. Insert a new bulb Bulb Brake/Taillight and Rear Side Marker Lights Brake/taillight and rear side marker lights are LED

type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Brake/Taillights Maintenance Brake/taillights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. 457 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 458 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs Back-Up Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. Back-Up Light: 21 W 1. Remove the holding clip using a flat-tip screwdriver, then pull the lining back. Clip 2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it, then remove the old bulb. 3. Insert a new bulb Bulb Socket Maintenance 458 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 459 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Lights Rear License Plate Lights Rear license plate lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. High-Mount Brake Light

High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Puddle Lights * Puddle lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Maintenance * Not available on all models 459 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 460 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades Checking Wiper Blades If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces of the blade may scratch the window glass. Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the passenger side. 2. Press and hold the tab, then slide the blade out from the wiper arm. Maintenance 460 Tab 1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the windshield. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 461 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChecking

and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber Wiper Blade 3. Pull the end of the wiper blade to the direction of the arrow in the image until it unfastens from the holder’s end cap. End Cap at the bottom 4. Pull the wiper blade to the opposite direction to slide it out from its holder. Holder Holder Cap Maintenance Wiper Blade 5. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert the blade all the way. 6. Install the end of the wiper blade into the cap. 7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it locks. 8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first, then the driver side. 461 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 462 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Checking and Maintaining Tires Checking Tires To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated. ■ Inflation guidelines Properly inflated

tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort. Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specification’s page for the specified pressure. Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from overheating. Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards, and wear unevenly. Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the others, check the pressure with a tire gauge. Maintenance At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all tires. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to 20 kPa, 01 to 02 kgf/cm2) per month. ■ Inspection guidelines Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for: • Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts, splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord

• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. • Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment • Excessive tread wear. 2 Wear Indicators P. 467 • Cracks or other damage around valve stem. 462 1Checking Tires 3 WARNING Using tires that are excessively worn or improperly inflated can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Follow all instructions in this owner’s manual regarding tire inflation and maintenance. Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This means the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) If necessary, add or release air until the specified pressure is reached. If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as 4 – 6 psi (30 – 40 kPa, 0.3 – 04 kgf/cm2) higher than if checked when cold. 2 Tire Fill Assist P. 397 Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration while driving. New tires and any that have been removed and reinstalled should be

properly balanced. Vehicles with optional spare tire Measure the spare tire pressure once a month or before long trips. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 463 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label Tire and Loading Information Label The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading information. Label Example Tire Labeling Example 1Tire and Loading Information Label The tire and loading information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb contains: a The number of people your vehicle can carry. b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not exceed this weight. c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare, if equipped. d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and spare, if equipped. 1Tire Sizes Tire Size Tire Identification Number (TIN) The tires that came on your vehicle have a number of markings. Those you should be aware of

are described below. Maximum Tire Pressure Tire Size ■ Tire Sizes Maintenance Maximum Tire Load Following is an example of tire size with an explanation of what each component means. 225/50R18 95H 225: Tire width in millimeters. 50: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a percentage of its width). R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial). 18: Rim diameter in inches. 95: Load index (a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry). H: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the maximum speed rating). Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size. Continued 463 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 464 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling ■ Tire Identification Number (TIN) The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of

the tire ■ Glossary of Tire Terminology Maintenance 464 Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure. Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can hold. Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer. Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread. 1Tire Identification Number (TIN) DOT B97R FW6X 2209 DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all requirements of the U.S Department of Transportation. B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark. FW6X: Tire type code. 22 09: Date of

manufacture. Year Week 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 465 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S Vehicles) DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S Vehicles) The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according to Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these gradings. ■ Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. Continued For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades. Maintenance ■ Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For

example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. 1Uniform Tire Quality Grading 465 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 466 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S Vehicles) ■ Traction The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. Maintenance 466 ■ Temperature The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the

tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. 1Traction Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. 1Temperature Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or

in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 467 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators Wear Indicators Example of a Wear Indicator mark The groove where the wear indicator is located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire. Worn out tires have poor traction on wet roads. 1Checking Tires 6-cylinder models High speed driving We recommend that you do not drive faster than the posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive at sustained high speeds (over 99 mph or 160 km/h), adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below to avoid excessive heat build up and sudden tire failure. Tire Size Pressure Tire Service Life The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure,

maintenance history, speed, and environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use). * Not available on all models Maintenance In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five years old. All tires, including the spare *, should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear. 225/50R18 95H Front: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2)*1 Front: 35 psi (241 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2)*2 *1: 2WD models *2: AWD models 467 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 468 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement Tire and Wheel Replacement Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a different size or construction can

cause the ABS, vehicle stability assist (VSA®), SH-AWD * system to work incorrectly. It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the front or rear tires in pairs. Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels. If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle. Maintenance 468 * Not available on all models 1Tire and Wheel Replacement 3 WARNING Installing improper tires on your vehicle can affect handling and stability. This can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Always use the size and type of tires recommended in this owner’s manual. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 469 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation Tire Rotation Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire

life. ■ Tires without rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here. Front 1Tire Rotation Tires with directional tread patterns should only be rotated front to back (not from one side to the other). Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation indication mark facing forward, as shown below. Front Direction Mark ■ Tires with rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here. Maintenance Front 469 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 470 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires Winter Tires If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when driving. Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent skidding. Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law. When mounting, refer to the following points. For

winter tires: • Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires. • Mount the tires to all four wheels. For tire chains: • Install them on the front tires only. • Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the chains listed below: Maintenance 470 Cable-type: QCC Premium Cobra 1042P with tensioner 0212 • Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as tightly as you can. • Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. • Drive slowly. 1Winter Tires 3 WARNING Using the wrong chains, or not properly installing chains, can damage the brake lines and cause a crash in which you can be seriously injured or killed. Follow all instructions in this owner’s manual regarding the selection and use of tire chains. NOTICE Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines, suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they

are hitting any part of the vehicle. When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle operational limits. If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be aware that these tires are not designed for winter driving conditions. For more information, contact a dealer. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 471 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Battery Checking the Battery The battery condition is being monitored by the sensor on the negative terminal. If there is a problem with the sensor, the warning message on multi-information display will let you know. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead: • The audio system is disabled. 2 Reactivating the audio system P. 213 • The clock resets. 2 Clock P. 138 • The navigation system * is disabled. 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual Charging the Battery * Disconnect both battery cables to prevent

damaging your vehicle’s electrical system. Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last. 1Battery 3 WARNING The battery gives off explosive hydrogen gas during normal operation. A spark or flame can cause the battery to explode with enough force to kill or seriously hurt you. When conducting any battery maintenance, wear protective clothing and a face shield, or have a skilled technician do it. When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals by applying a baking powder and water solution. Clean terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help prevent future corrosion. Maintenance WARNING: Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your hands after handling. When replacing the battery, the replacement must be of the same specifications. Please consult a dealer for more information. * Not available on all models 471 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 472

ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuBatteryuCharging the AGM Battery * Charging the AGM Battery * AGM labeled batteries like those installed in your vehicle require a compatible charger to be properly charged. Damage to the battery can result if the battery is charged improperly or with the wrong equipment. For more information on how to charge your vehicle’s AGM battery, consult a dealer. Maintenance 472 * Not available on all models 1Battery Models with Auto Idle Stop The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 473 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Remote Transmitter

Care Replacing the Button Battery If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery. 1Replacing the Button Battery Battery type: CR2032 NOTICE 1. Remove the built-in key An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal. Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer. Battery 2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Remove carefully to avoid losing the buttons. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent scratching the keyless access remote. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the correct polarity. Maintenance Continued 473 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 474 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery Models with remote control engine start system If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.

Battery Maintenance 474 1Replacing the Button Battery Models with remote control engine start system Battery type: CR2032 NOTICE 1. Remove the built-in key u As a convenience, lightly place masking tape over the remote buttons to hold them in place. The Remote transmitter is equipped with two batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin button battery and an integral non-replaceable rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032 battery every three to four years. 2. Remove the upper half by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent scratching the transmitter. 3. Press down on the center of the assembly and remove the battery. u When removing the button battery, be careful not to touch parts around it. 4. Make sure to replace the battery with the correct polarity. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 475 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Climate Control

System Maintenance Dust and Pollen Filter The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter. We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust. 1Dust and Pollen Filter If the airflow from the climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement. Maintenance 475 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 476 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Cleaning Interior Care Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue. ■ Cleaning Seat Belts Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Let the belts air

dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth Opening Maintenance 476 1Interior Care Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are splashed on them. Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire inside the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on electrical devices, consult a dealer. Depending on their composition, chemicals and liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles, and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles. Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as benzene or gasoline. After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them off using a dry cloth. Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts or textiles for long periods of time without washing. ■ Cleaning the Window Wipe using a glass cleaner. 1Cleaning the Window Wires are mounted to the inside of

the rear window. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a soft cloth so as not to damage them. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 477 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCleaninguInterior Care ■ Floor Mats 1Floor Mats Unlock Lock The floor mats hook over the floor anchors, which keep the mats from sliding forward. To remove the mats for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the unlock position. When reinstalling the mats after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock position. If you use any floor mats that were not originally provided with your vehicle, make sure they are designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and are securely anchored by the floor anchors. Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere with the front seat functions. Do not put additional floor mats on top of the anchored mat. ■ Maintaining Genuine Leather Vacuum dirt and dust from the

leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and 10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth Remove any dust or dirt on leather surfaces immediately. Maintenance 477 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 478 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCleaninguExterior Care Exterior Care Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it 1Washing the Vehicle Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can cause a malfunction. ■ Washing the Vehicle Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following conditions: • If driving on roads with road salt. • If driving in coastal areas. • If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.

■ Using an Automated Car Wash • Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash. • Fold in the door mirrors. • Turn off the automatic intermittent wipers *. Maintenance 478 ■ Using High Pressure Cleaners • Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body. • Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to enter the vehicle interior. • Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead, use low pressure water and a mild detergent. * Not available on all models Air Intake Vents 1Using an Automated Car Wash Models with electronic gear selector When using an automated car wash that pulls the vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is in car wash mode. 2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 336 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 479 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分

uuCleaninguExterior Care ■ Applying Wax 1Applying Wax A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the elements, so reapply as necessary. ■ Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean water. NOTICE Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe up spills immediately. 1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when you want to repair the painted surface of the parts made of resin. ■ Cleaning the Window Wipe using a glass cleaner. ■ Maintaining Aluminum Wheels Continued Maintenance Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road

contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing. 479 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 480 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuCleaninguExterior Care ■ Fogged Exterior Light Lenses The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash. Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights. Lens design characteristics may result in moisture

developing on the light lens frame surfaces. This also is not a malfunction However, if you see large amounts water accumulation, or large water drops building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Maintenance 480 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 481 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Handling the Unexpected This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles. Tools Types of Tools . 482 If a Tire Goes Flat Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire. 483 Changing a Flat Tire . 495 Engine Does Not Start Checking the Engine . 502 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak . 503 Emergency Engine Stop . 504 Jump Starting. 505 Shift Lever Does Not Move . 509 Overheating How to Handle Overheating. 510 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On .512 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On . 512 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks . 513 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes

On.513 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On.514 If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On . 514 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks . 515 If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message. 516 Fuses Fuse Locations . 517 Inspecting and Changing Fuses. 521 Emergency Towing. 522 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door. 523 When You Cannot Open the Trunk .524 Refueling Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container . 525 481 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 482 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Tools Types of Tools Vehicles with temporary tire repair kit Vehicles with optional spare tire 1Types of Tools The tools are stored in the trunk. Models with foam storage bin Handling the Unexpected Tool Case Tool Case Models with plastic storage bin Wheel Nut Wrench/ Jack Handle Funnel Jack Handle Bar Towing Hook Tool Case Towing Hook 482 Funnel Jack 16

ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 483 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 If a Tire Goes Flat Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station for a more permanent repair. If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place The kit should not be used in the following situations. Instead, contact a dealer or a roadside assistant to have the vehicle towed. • The tire sealant has expired. • More than one tire is punctured. • The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm). • The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is outside the contact area. Contact Area When the puncture is: Kit Use Smaller than 3/16 inch (4

mm) Yes Larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm) No • Damage has been caused by driving with the tire extremely under inflated. • The tire bead is no longer seated. • The rim is damaged. Handling the Unexpected 1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake. 2. Change the gear position to (P 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). 1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be able to repair the puncture using the kit. NOTICE Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor. Continued 483 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 484 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire ■ Getting

Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire Pressure Gauge AIR ONLY side Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) Inflator Switch Handling the Unexpected Tire Sealant Expiration Date Pressure Relief Button Instruction Manual SEALANT/AIR side Power Plug Selector Switch Air Only Hose (Black) Repair Notification Label Speed Restriction Label U.S U.S Canada Canada 1. Pull up on the trunk floor lid strap until it is completely open. Trunk Floor Lid Strap 484 1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire Repair notification label and speed restriction label are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit. When making a temporary repair, carefully read the instruction manual provided with the kit. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 485 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire Models with plastic storage bin Models with plastic storage bin 2. Turn the knob counterclockwise and remove the tool

case lid. Tool Case Lid Knob All models 3. Remove the kit 4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side. Handling the Unexpected Models with plastic storage bin Continued 485 Models with foam storage bin 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 486 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire ■ Injecting Sealant and Air Valve Cap 1Injecting Sealant and Air 1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. 3 WARNING Tire sealant contains substances that are harmful and can be fatal if swallowed. If accidentally swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get medical attention immediately. Valve Stem Handling the Unexpected 2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the packaging. Sealant/Air Hose In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily. In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before using.

The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away any spills immediately. Sealant/Air Hose Valve Stem 486 For skin or eye contact, flush with cool water and get medical attention if necessary. 3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 487 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire 4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic devices into other accessory power sockets. 1Injecting Sealant and Air 3 WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide. 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 193 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 66 6. Turn the selector switch to SEALANT/ AIR. Breathing this

colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors. NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged. Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than actual. After the sealant injection is complete the pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the tire is inflated with air. This is normal To accurately measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air compressor off only after the sealant injection is complete. SEALANT/AIR side Continued Handling the Unexpected 5. Start the engine u Keep the engine running while injecting sealant and air. 487 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 488 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire Pressure Gauge

ON OFF Handling the Unexpected Sealant/Air Hose 7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the compressor. u The compressor starts injecting sealant and air into the tire. 8. When the sealant injection is complete, continue to add air. 9. After the air pressure reaches 32 psi (220 kPa), turn off the kit. u To check the pressure, occasionally turn off the compressor and read the gauge. 10. Unplug the power plug from the accessory power socket. 11. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap Valve Stem 12. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). Pressure Relief Button 488 1Injecting Sealant and Air If the required air pressure is not reached within 15 minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for the kit to provide the necessary seal and your vehicle will need to be towed. See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and proper disposal of an empty bottle. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 489 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire Repair Notification Label U.S 13. Apply the repair notification label to the flat surface of the wheel. u The wheel surface must be clean to ensure the label adheres properly. Canada U.S Canada 1. Apply the speed restriction label to the location as shown. 2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). 3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place Handling the Unexpected ■ Distributing the Sealant in the Tire Speed Restriction Label Continued 489 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 490 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire 4. Recheck the air pressure using the air only hose on the compressor. 5. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY u Do not turn the air compressor on to check the pressure. 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 492 Air Only

Hose Handling the Unexpected 490 6. If the air pressure is • Less than 19 psi (130 kPa): Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and have your vehicle towed. 2 Emergency Towing P. 522 • 32 psi (220 kPa) or more: Continue driving for another 10 minutes or until you reach the nearest service station. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). u If the air pressure does not go down after the 10 minute driving, you do not need to check the pressure any more. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 491 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire • Greater than 19 psi (130 kPa), but less than 32 psi (220 kPa): Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches 32 psi (220 kPa). 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 492 ON 7. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 8. Repackage and properly stow the kit 3 WARNING

Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide. Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors. Handling the Unexpected AIR ONLY side Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or until you reach the nearest service station. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). u You should repeat this procedure as long as the air pressure is within this range. 1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire Pressure Relief Button Continued 491 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 492 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire ■ Inflating an Under-inflated Tire You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire. 1. Open the trunk floor lid 2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire P. 484 2. Remove the kit from

the case 3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side. 4. Remove the air only hose from the kit Handling the Unexpected Air Only Hose 5. Remove the valve cap Valve Cap Air Only Hose Valve Stem 492 6. Attach the air only hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight 1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged. See section on Tire Fill Assist. 2 Tire Fill Assist P. 397 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 493 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire 7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic devices into other accessory power sockets. 1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire 3 WARNING

Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide. 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 193 9. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY 10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit u The compressor starts to inject air into the tire. 11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure Continued 493 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 66 AIR ONLY side Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors. Handling the Unexpected 8. Start the engine u Keep the engine running while injecting air. ON 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 494 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire Pressure Relief Button Handling the Unexpected 494 12. Turn off the kit u Check the pressure gauge on the air compressor. u If overinflated, press the

pressure relief button. 13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power socket. 14. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap 15. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 16. Repackage and properly stow the kit 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 495 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire Vehicles with optional spare tire Changing a Flat Tire 1Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place Replace the flat tire with a compact spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or replaced. 1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery and apply the parking brake 2. Change the gear position to (P 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Periodically check the

tire pressure of the compact spare. It should be set to the specified pressure Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2) When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with a full-size tire as soon as possible. Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire. If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear. Mount the tire chains on the front tire. Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire, as it can damage the tire pressure sensor. Continued Handling the Unexpected The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are specifically for this model. Do not use them with another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact spare tire or wheel with your vehicle. 495 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 496 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日

水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire ■ Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire Tool Case 1. Open the trunk floor lid 2 Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire P. 483 2. Take the tool case out of the trunk Take the jack and wheel nut wrench out of the tool case. 3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire Spare Tire Handling the Unexpected 4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire. Wheel Blocks The tire to be replaced. 5. Place the compact spare tire wheel side up under the vehicle body, near the tire that needs to be replaced. 496 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 497 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire 6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn using the wheel nut wrench. Handling the Unexpected Continued 497 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 498 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire ■ How to Set Up the Jack 1How to Set Up the Jack 1. Place the jack under the jacking point closest to the tire to be changed. 3 WARNING The vehicle can easily roll off the jack, seriously injuring anyone underneath. Follow the directions for changing a tire exactly, and never get under the vehicle when it is supported only by the jack. Handling the Unexpected 498 Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the vehicle. Jacking Points 2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in the image until the top of the jack contacts the jacking point. u Make sure that the jacking point tab is resting in the jack notch. Use the jack provided in your vehicle. Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or may not fit the jacking point. The following instructions must be followed to use the jack safely: • Do not use while the engine is running. • Use only where the

ground is firm and level. • Use only at the jacking points. • Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack. • Do not put anything on top of or underneath the jack. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 499 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire 3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar and the jack handle, until the tire is off the ground. Jack Handle Bar Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle ■ Replacing the Flat Tire 1Replacing the Flat Tire Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra torque using your foot or a pipe. Handling the Unexpected 1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire 2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel with a clean cloth. 3. Mount the compact spare tire 4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the lips around the mounting holes, then stop rotating. Continued 499 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 500 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日

午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire 5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack Tighten the wheel nuts in the order indicated in the image. Go around, tightening the nuts, two to three times in this order. Wheel nut torque: 80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m) Handling the Unexpected 500 ■ Storing the Flat Tire Center Cap 1Storing the Flat Tire 1. Remove the center cap and place the flat tire face down in the spare tire well. 3 WARNING Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and can seriously injure the occupants. Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely before driving. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 501 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire 2. Remove the spacer cone from the wing bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt 3. Securely put the jack and wheel nut wrench back in the tool case. Store the case

in the trunk. Wing Bolt Spacer Cone For For compact full-size spare tire tire If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressure Monitor Problem appears on the multi-information display, but this is normal. If you replace the tire with a full-size tire, the warning message on the multiinformation display and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers). 1TPMS and the Spare Tire The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure that it is correct. Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem. Handling the Unexpected ■ TPMS and the Spare Tire 501 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 502 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日

水曜日 午後１時５４分 Engine Does Not Start Checking the Engine If the engine does not start, check the starter. 1Checking the Engine If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an assisting vehicle to jump start it. 2 Jump Starting P. 505 Handling the Unexpected Starter condition Starter doesn’t turn or turns over slowly. The battery may be dead. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly. Checklist Check for a message on the multi-information display. If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears 2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 503 uMake sure the keyless access remote is in its operating range. 2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 161 Check the brightness of the interior lights. Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness. If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all 2 Battery P. 471 If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses P. 517 Review the engine start procedure.

Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again. 2 Starting the Engine P 324 Check the immobilizer system indicator. When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started. The starter turns over normally but the engine doesn’t start. There may be a problem with the fuse. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly. 2 Immobilizer System P. 155 Check the fuel level. There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel Gauge P 117 Check the fuse. Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 521 If the problem continues: 2 Emergency Towing P. 522 502 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 503 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak 2. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within 10 seconds after the beeper sounds and

the indicator changes from flashing to on. u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode will change to ACCESSORY. Handling the Unexpected If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the multi-information display, and the indicator on the ENGINE START/ STOP button flashes, and the engine won’t start. Start the engine as follows. 1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/ STOP button with the A logo on the keyless access remote while the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing. The buttons on the keyless access remote should be facing you. u The indicator flashes for about 30 seconds. 503 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 504 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop Emergency Engine Stop The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the following

operations: • Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds. • Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice. Handling the Unexpected 504 The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a safe place. The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped. To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, change the gear position to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop. 1Emergency Engine Stop Do not press the button while driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine to be switched off. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 505 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Jump Starting ■ Jump Starting Procedure 1Jump Starting Turn off the

power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine, then open the hood. 6-cylinder models 6-cylinder models 1. Pull up on the engine cover, remove it from the pins. u Start on the passenger side and lift the outermost edge of the cover. u Move towards the driver side while applying uniform upward pressure. Engine Cover 2. Open the battery terminal cover 6-cylinder models A battery can explode if you do not follow the correct procedure, seriously injuring anyone nearby. Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking materials away from the battery. Securely attach the jumper cable clips so that they do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or detaching the jumper cables. Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and may prevent the engine from starting. Handling the Unexpected Pin 3 WARNING Battery Terminal Cover Continued 505 16 ACURA

TLX-31TZ36100.book 506 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuJump Startingu 4-cylinder models Booster Battery Handling the Unexpected 6-cylinder models Booster Battery 506 All models 3. Connect the first jumper cable to your vehicle’s battery + terminal. 4. Connect the other end of the first jumper cable to the booster battery + terminal. u Use a 12-volt booster battery only. u When using an automotive battery charger to boost your 12-volt battery, select a lower charging voltage than 15 volts. Check the charger manual for the proper setting. 5. Connect the second jumper cable to the booster battery - terminal. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 507 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuJump Startingu 4-cylinder models 6-cylinder models Continued Handling the Unexpected 6. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the mounting bolt (4cylinder models)/engine hanger (6-cylinder

models) as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to any other part. 7. If your vehicle is connected to another vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine and increase its rpm slightly. 8. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine If it turns over slowly, check that the jumper cables have good metal-to-metal contact. 507 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 508 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuJump Startingu ■ What to Do After the Engine Starts Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following order. 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery terminal 3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s battery + terminal 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery + terminal. Handling the Unexpected 508 Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer. 16 ACURA

TLX-31TZ36100.book 509 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Shift Lever Does Not Move Models with shift lever Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P position. ■ Releasing the Lock 1. Set the parking brake 2. Remove the built-in key from the keyless access remote. 3. Pull up the bottom edge of the cover with your finger, then remove it. Release Button 4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot 5. While pushing the key, press the shift lever release button and place the shift lever into (N . u The lock is now released. Have the shift lever checked by a dealer as soon as possible. Handling the Unexpected Cover Shift Lock Release Slot 509 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 510 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Overheating How to Handle Overheating Overheating symptoms are as follows: • The temperature gauge needle is at the H mark or the engine

suddenly loses power. • Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment. ■ First thing to do Handling the Unexpected 510 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place 2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood. u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides. Then, open the hood. 1How to Handle Overheating 3 WARNING Steam and spray from an overheated engine can seriously scald you. Do not open the hood if steam is coming out. NOTICE Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge needle at the H mark may damage the engine. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 511 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating ■ Next thing to do 1How to Handle Overheating MAX Reserve Tank MIN ■ Last thing to do 3 WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant

to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap. If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs. Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only. Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as soon as possible. Handling the Unexpected 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and stop the engine once the temperature gauge needle goes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating, immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect the coolant level and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is low, add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark. u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to the base of the filler neck, and put the cap back on. Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the

temperature gauge. If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down, contact a dealer for repairs. 511 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 512 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. ■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on 1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place 2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on ■ What to do after parking the vehicle 1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes 2. Open the hood and check the oil level 1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On NOTICE Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause serious mechanical damage almost immediately. 2 Oil Check P. 444 Handling the Unexpected 512 3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator u The indicator

goes off: Start driving again. u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine and contact a dealer for repairs immediately. If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the battery is not being charged. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs. 1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge the battery. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 513 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On U.S Canada ■ Reasons for the

indicator to come on • The brake fluid is low. • There is a malfunction in the brake system. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure. • If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. • If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking. NOTICE If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on, the emissions control system and the engine could be damaged. If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected. 1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On Have your vehicle repaired immediately. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift the gears. Handling the Unexpected • Comes on if there is a problem with

the engine emissions control system. • Blinks when engine misfiring is detected. ■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. ■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least 10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools. 1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution system is not working. This can result in vehicle instability under sudden braking. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately. 513 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 514 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come

on • Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system. • If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine. If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Handling the Unexpected If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on if there is a problem with the electric parking brake system. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Avoid using the parking brake and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. ■ What to do when the electric parking brake indicator comes on or blinks at the same time Release the parking brake. 2 Parking Brake P. 401 • If the electric parking brake indicator remains on or blinks even after releasing the

parking brake, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and call a dealer. u To Prevent your vehicle from moving, change the gear position to (P . • If only the electric parking brake indicator goes off, immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. 514 1If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On If you apply parking brake, it may not release. If the electric parking brake indicator also turns on, the parking brake is still applied. When the electric parking brake indicator blinks at the same time as the electric parking brake system indicator, the system must be checked. The parking brake may not operate under these conditions. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 515 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink * Not available on

all models NOTICE Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail Always inflate your tires to the prescribed level. TPMS Fill Assist provides visual and audible assistance during tire pressure adjustment. With the power mode in ON, while you adjust tire pressure up or down, the system alerts you as follows: Below recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash once every five seconds. At recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash rapidly for ~ five seconds. Above recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and lights flash twice every three seconds. Handling the Unexpected A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire * is installed, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure to the specified level.

The specified tire pressure is on a label on the driver’s side doorjamb. ■ What to do when the indicator blinks Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact spare tire * causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers). 1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks 515 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 516 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message Models with electronic gear selector If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message *1 *2 *1 ■ Reasons for the indicator to blink There is a problem with the transmission. ■ What to do when the indicator blinks • Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. • Select (N after starting the engine. u Check if the (N position in the instrument

panel and the indicator on the (N button light/blink. u The engine cannot be turned on unless the parking brake is set. Handling the Unexpected 2 Starting the Engine P. 324 *2 *1: Models with navigation system *2: Models without navigation system 516 1If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message You may not be able to start the engine. Make sure to set the parking brake when parking your vehicle. Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. 2 Emergency Towing P. 522 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 517 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Fuses Fuse Locations If any electrical devices are not working, set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) and check to see if any applicable fuse is blown. ■ Engine Compartment Fuse ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating 1 Box Type A Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. Tab 2

* Not available on all models Amps 70 A 60 A 40 A 20 A 30 A 125 A 30 A 60 A 60 A 30 A 30 A 40 A 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 20 A 13 40 A 14 15 16 17 30 A 30 A 40 A 3 Circuit Protected Headlight Washer*2, 3 Left Electric Parking Brake Right Electric Parking Brake SH-AWD*3 − − − − STRLD*1, 2 Interior Lights*1, 2 Headlight Low/High Main Oil Level Front Fog Lights * Passenger’s Power Seat Reclining Hazard IGP2 IG Coil Stop*1, 2 Amps (30 A) 30 A 30 A 20 A − − − − 7.5 A 5A 20 A 7.5 A (7.5 A) 20 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 10 A Handling the Unexpected Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box. Circuit Protected EPS Sub Fuse Box*3 ABS/VSA Motor ABS/VSA FSR Main Fan*2, 3 Main Fuse IG Main F/B Main F/B Main 2 Headlight Main IG Main 2 Starter Cut 1 Injector*2, 3 Sub Fan*1 Rear Defroster Main Fan *1 Sub Fan*2, 3 Wiper Heater Motor *1:4-cylinder models *2:6-cylinder models with 2WD *3:6-cylinder models with AWD Continued 517 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book

518 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuFusesuFuse Locations 18 19 20 Handling the Unexpected 518 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Circuit Protected Horn Audio*1, 2 Interior Light*3 ACM*2 Injector*1 FI Main DBW TCU/SBW*2, 3 Premium AMP MG Clutch Passenger’s Power Seat Sliding Small*1, 2 BMS Back Up *1:4-cylinder models *2:6-cylinder models with 2WD *3:6-cylinder models with AWD Amps 10 A 20 A 5A ■ Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type B Located near the washer fluid cap. Push the tabs to open the box. 20 A 15 A 15 A 10 A 30 A 7.5 A 20 A 15 A 7.5 A 10 A ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating Tab 1 2 3 4 Circuit Protected Left Headlight Low Beam Right Headlight Low Beam Right Headlight High Beam Left Headlight High Beam Amps 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 519 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuFusesuFuse Locations ■ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box Type A Located

under the dashboard. 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Fuse Label Fuse locations are shown on the label on the under panel. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number. 15 16 17 18 ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating 19 Circuit Protected A/C DRL ST Motor * − Meter*1 Auto Dimming Mirror*2 SRS 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 * Not available on all models Amps 7.5 A 7.5 A (7.5 A) − 7.5 A (7.5 A) 21 22 23 24 25 26 Amps 7.5 A (15 A) 20 A (7.5 A) 30 A 7.5 A 15 A 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 20 A 34 20 A 20 A 20 A − 35 10 A 36 37 38 39 10 A 40 (10 A) 10 A (10 A) 10 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 41 42 Circuit Protected Parking Lights Lumbar Support Right DRL Washer SMART Driver’s Side Power Window Passenger’s Side Power Window Rear Driver’s Side Power Window Rear Passenger’s Side Power Window Driver’s Power Seat Sliding ACCESSORY − Left DRL Accessory Power Socket (Center Pocket) Rear Driver’s Side Door Lock Door Lock Amps 7.5 A 10 A 7.5 A 20 A 10 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 7.5 A −

7.5 A Handling the Unexpected 14 Fuse Box Circuit Protected Option MISS SOL Fuel Pump ABS/VSA*1 Smart*2 Spare Fuse Wiper ACG Accessory Power Socket (Console Compartment) Driver’s Power Seat Reclining Moonroof AVS/Seat Heaters − Passenger’s Side Door Unlock Driver’s Side Rear Door Unlock Driver’s Side Door Lock Passenger’s Side Door Lock Driver’s Side Door Unlock SRS Instrument Panel Lights ACC Key Lock 20 A 10 A 20 A *1:2WD models *2:AWD models Continued 519 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 520 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuFusesuFuse Locations A B C D E F G Handling the Unexpected 520 A B C D E F G Circuit Protected − − Meter*2 Back Up*2 Stop*2 Parking Lights*2 Audio ACC*2 Rear Seat Heater *, 1, 2 ABS/VSA*2 MICU*2 − − STRLD*2 Audio*2 ACM*2 Heated Steering Wheel *, 1, 2 *1:2WD models *2:AWD models * Not available on all models Amps − − 7.5 A 10 A 7.5 A 15 A 7.5 A (15 A) 7.5 A 7.5 A − − 7.5 A

20 A 7.5 A (10 A) ■ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating Type B Located inside the driver’s side outer panel. When you remove the outer panel, use the following procedure. Fuse Label 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Circuit Protected P-AWS L e-pretensioner Right * e-pretensioner Left * ACC Radar * Idle Stop*1 P-AWS R FR DE-ICE * Idle Stop*1 *1:AWD models Fuse Box Outer Panel 1. Grasp the bottom edge of the outer panel. 2. Pull the panel towards you, then remove it. Fuse locations are shown on the outer panel. Amps (40 A) (20 A) (20 A) (10 A) (30 A) (40 A) (15 A) (30 A) 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 521 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses Inspecting and Changing Fuses Combined Fuse Blown Fuse 4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine compartment and the vehicle interior. u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it with the fuse puller and replace it with a new one.

1Inspecting and Changing Fuses NOTICE Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating greatly increases the chances of damaging the electrical system. Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified amperage. Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on P. 517 to 520 There is a fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse box located near the brake fluid reservoir. Handling the Unexpected Fuse Puller 1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories off. 2. Remove the fuse box cover 3. Check the large fuse in the engine compartment. u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head screwdriver to remove the screw and replace it with a new one. 521 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 522 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Emergency Towing Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. All models ■ Flat bed equipment The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the

best way you can safely transport your vehicle. 1Emergency Towing NOTICE Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicle's weight. NOTICE 2WD models ■ Wheel lift equipment Handling the Unexpected 522 The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground This is an acceptable way to tow your vehicle. Improper towing such as towing behind a motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the transmission. Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift from side to side or break. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 523 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure. 1. Open the trunk and remove the cover 1When You Cannot Unlock

the Fuel Fill Door After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked. Cover Release Lever Handling the Unexpected 2. Pull the release lever toward you u The release lever unlocks the fuel fill door when it is pulled. 523 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 524 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 When You Cannot Open the Trunk If you cannot open the trunk, use the following procedure. 1. Remove the cover Push Cover Handling the Unexpected 524 2. Insert the key into the cylinder and turn the key clockwise. u The trunk unlocks and opens. Key 1When You Cannot Open the Trunk What to do-following up After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked. 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 525 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Refueling Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel container,

use the funnel provided with your vehicle. 1. Turn off the engine 2. Press the fuel fill door release button u The fuel fill door opens. 3. Take the funnel out of the tool case in the trunk. Funnel Case 2 Types of Tools P. 482 6. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel container. u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any. 7. Remove the funnel from the filler neck u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before storing it. 8. Shut the fuel fill door by hand 3 WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel. • Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away. • Handle fuel only outdoors. • Wipe up spills immediately. NOTICE Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container or any funnel other than the one provided with your vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel system and its seal. Make sure

the fuel in the portable fuel container is gasoline before you refuel. Handling the Unexpected 4. Remove the funnel from the case 5. Place the end of the funnel on the lower part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the funnel goes down along with the filler pipe. 1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container 525 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 526 526 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 527 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Information This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other information required by regulation. Specifications . 528 Identification Numbers Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number . 532 Devices that Emit Radio Waves . 533 Reporting Safety Defects . 534 Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes. 535 Warranty

Coverages . 537 Authorized Manuals. 539 Client Service Information . 540 527 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 528 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Specifications 4-cylinder models ■ Engine Specifications ■ Vehicle Specifications Displacement Model No. of Passengers: Front Rear Total Weights: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front) Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear) Air Conditioning: Refrigerant Type Charge Quantity Lubricant Type Information 528 Acura TLX 2 3 5 U.S: 4,442 lbs (2,015 kg) Canada: 2,055 kg U.S: 2,370 lbs (1,075 kg) Canada: 1,105 kg U.S: 2,094 lbs (950 kg) Canada: 965 kg HFC-134a (R-134a) 16.7 – 185 oz (475 – 525 g) ND-OIL 8 Spark Plugs 144 cu-in (2,356 cm3) DILKAR7H11GS NGK DILKAR7G11GS DENSO DXE22HQR-D11S ■ Fuel Type Fuel Tank Capacity Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher 17.2 US gal (65 ℓ) ■ Washer Fluid Tank Capacity U.S: 26 US qt (25 ℓ) Canada: 5.7 US

qt (54 ℓ) ■ Light Bulbs Headlights (High/Low Beam) Front Side Marker/Parking Lights Front Turn Signal Lights LED LED 24 W (PWY 24W Amber/Silver) Side Turn Signal Lights LED (on Door Mirrors) Brake/Taillights/Rear Side Marker LED Lights Brake/Taillights LED Back-Up Lights 21 W Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W High-Mount Brake Light LED Rear License Plate Lights LED Interior Lights Front and Rear Map Lights LED Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W Center Pocket Light LED Door Courtesy Lights 3.4 W Console Compartment Light 1.4 W Glove Box Light 1.4 W Door Inner Handle Lights LED Trunk Lights 5W 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 529 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuSpecificationsu ■ Brake Fluid Specified ■ Engine Oil Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 ■ Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid Specified Capacity Recommended Capacity Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 2.0 Change 4.3 US qt (41 ℓ) ■ Tire

·Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20 ·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil Change 4.2 US qt (40 ℓ) Change including 4.4 US qt (42 ℓ) filter Regular Compact Spare*1 Wheel Size ■ Engine Coolant Specified Ratio Capacity Size Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Size Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Regular Compact Spare*1 225/55R17 97H 32 (220 [2.2]) T135/80D17 103M 60 (420 [4.2]) 17 x 7 1/2J 17 x 4T *1: Vehicles with optional spare tire Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2 50/50 with distilled water 1.66 US gal (63 ℓ) (change including the remaining 0.21 US gal (08 ℓ) in the reserve tank) Information Continued 529 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 530 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuSpecificationsu 6-cylinder models ■ Engine Specifications ■ Vehicle Specifications Displacement Spark Plugs Model No. of Passengers: Front Rear Total Weights: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front) Gross Axle Weight Rating

(Rear) Information 530 Air Conditioning: Refrigerant Type Charge Quantity Lubricant Type Acura TLX 212 cu-in (3,471 cm3) NGK DILZKR7B11G ■ Light Bulbs Headlights (High/Low Beam) Fog Lights * Front Turn Signal Lights 2 3 5 U.S: 4,586 lbs (2,080 kg)*1 U.S: 4,751 lbs (2,155 kg)*2 Canada: 2,095 kg*1 Canada: 2,170 kg*2 U.S: 2,535 lbs (1,150 kg)*1 U.S: 2,579 lbs (1,170 kg)*2 Canada: 1,165 kg*1 Canada: 1,180 kg*2 U.S: 2,072 lbs (940 kg)*1 U.S: 2,194 lbs (995 kg)*2 Canada: 945 kg*1 Canada: 1,005 kg*2 HFC-134a (R-134a) 16.7 – 185 oz (475 – 525 g) ND-OIL 8 *1: 2WD models *2: AWD models * Not available on all models ■ Fuel Type Fuel Tank Capacity Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher 17.2 US gal (65 ℓ) ■ Washer Fluid Tank Capacity U.S: 26 US qt (25 ℓ) Canada: 5.7 US qt (54 ℓ) LED LED 24 W (PWY 24W Amber/Silver) LED Front Side Marker/Parking Lights Side Turn Signal Lights LED (on Door Mirrors) Brake/Taillights/Rear Side Marker LED Lights

Brake/Taillights LED Back-Up Lights 21 W Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W High-Mount Brake Light LED Rear License Plate Lights LED Puddle Lights * LED Interior Lights Front and Rear Map Lights LED Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W Center Pocket Light LED Door Courtesy Lights 3.4 W Console Compartment Light 1.4 W Glove Box Light 1.4 W Door Inner Handle Lights LED Trunk Lights 5W 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 531 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuSpecificationsu ■ Brake Fluid Specified ■ Engine Oil Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 ■ Automatic Transmission Fluid Specified Capacity Recommended Capacity Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3.0 Change 3.5 US qt (33 ℓ) ■ Tire ·Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20 ·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil Change 4.2 US qt (40 ℓ) Change including 4.5 US qt (43 ℓ) filter Specified Capacity Acura DPSF-II Change Specified Ratio 1.92 US qt (182 ℓ)

Compact Spare*1 Wheel Size ■ Engine Coolant ■ Rear Differential Fluid * Regular Capacity Size Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Size Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Regular Compact Spare*1 225/50R18 95H 32 (220 [2.2]) T135/80D17 103M 60 (420 [4.2]) 18 x 7 1/2J 17 x 4T *1: Vehicles with optional spare tire Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2 50/50 with distilled water 2.22 US gal (84 ℓ) (change including the remaining 0.21 US gal (08 ℓ) in the reserve tank) ■ Transfer Assembly Fluid * Specified Capacity ·Acura Hypoid Gear Oil HGO-1 ·Hypoid gear oil SAE 75W-85 or SAE 90 (API grade GL4 or GL5) Change 0.45 US qt (043 ℓ) Information * Not available on all models 531 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 532 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Identification Numbers Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your vehicle

for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number and transmission number are shown as follows. 1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is located under the cover. 4-cylinder models Vehicle Identification Numbers Engine Number Cover Dual Clutch Transmission Number Certification Label/Vehicle Identification Number Information 6-cylinder models Vehicle Identification Numbers Engine Number Automatic Transmission Number Certification Label/Vehicle Identification Number 532 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 533 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Devices that Emit Radio Waves The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation. AcuraLink * Audio System Blind Spot Information System * Bluetooth® Audio Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Collision Mitigation

Braking SystemTM* HomeLink® Universal Transceiver Immobilizer System Keyless Access System Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada Standard, described below: Information As required by the FCC: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this

device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. * Not available on all models 533 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 534 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Reporting Safety Defects In the U.S If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercargov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE, Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercargov In Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada Information If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc. To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tcgcca/ roadsafety. 534 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 535 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日

水曜日 午後１時５４分 Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes Your vehicle has “Readiness Codes,” as part of the onboard self diagnostic system. Some States use these codes as a test to see if your vehicle's emissions components are working properly. The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has gone dead or been disconnected. To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set 1Testing of Readiness Codes The readiness codes are erased when the battery is disconnected, and set again only after several days of driving under a variety of conditions. If a testing facility determines that the readiness codes are not set, you may be requested to return at a later date to complete the test. If the testing facility determines

the readiness codes are still not set, see a dealer. If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready, prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following: 1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full 2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for six hours or more 3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C) 4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20 seconds. 5. Keep the vehicle in (P Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there until the temperature gauge rises to at least 1/4 of the scale (about 3 minutes). 6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds Information Continued 535 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 536 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes 7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed of

50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D . Do not use cruise control When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds). 8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes When traffic conditions allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal. 9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes Information 536 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 537 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Warranty Coverages ■ U.S Owners Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties: New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the emissions control systems and accessories, against

defects in materials and workmanship. Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems. Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for exact information. Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered for rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit. Information Accessory Limited Warranty – Acura accessories are covered under this warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details. Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Acura replacement parts against defects in materials and workmanship. Continued 537 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 538

ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuWarranty Coveragesu Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a replacement battery purchased from a dealer. Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle. Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet. ■ Canadian Owners Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle. Information 538 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 539 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Authorized Manuals ■ Service Express For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to Service

Express. Visit wwwtechinfohondacom for pricing and options ■ For U.S Owners: Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminccom ■ For Canadian Owners: Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require. Information 539 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 540 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Client Service Information Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals. They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the dealership’s service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the decision made by the dealership’s management, contact Acura Client Relations/ Services. U.S Owners: American Honda Motor Co., Inc Acura Client Relations Mail Stop 500-2N-7E 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA

90501-2746 Tel: (800) 382-2238 Information 540 In Puerto Rico and the U.S Virgin Islands: Bella International P.O Box 190816 San Juan, PR 00919-0816 Tel: (787) 620-7546 Canadian Owners: Honda Canada Inc. Acura Client Services 180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON L6C 0H9 Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9 Fax: 1-877-939-0909 E-mail: ch acura cr@ch.hondacom 1Client Service Information When you call or write, please give us the following information: • Vehicle Identification Number 2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number P. 532 • Date of purchase • Odometer reading of your vehicle • Your name, address, and telephone number • A detailed description of the problem • Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 541 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 uuClient Service Informationu ■ Disclaimer of Pandora® Requirements to access Pandora® • Latest version of the Pandora app

installed on your Android, Blackberry, or iPhone. • Registered Pandora account (you can create a free account at www.pandoracom <http:// www.pandoracom/> or on your smartphone) • Connection to the internet via WiFi or cellular data network. Information 541 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 542 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Index Index A Index 542 AAC. 235, 245 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System). 407 Accessories and Modifications . 430 Accessory Power Sockets . 193 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) . 89, 355 Additives Coolant . 449 Engine Oil. 443 Washer. 452 Additives, Engine Oil . 443 Adjusting Armrest . 186 Front Seats . 180 Head Restraints. 182 Mirrors . 177 Steering Wheel . 176 Temperature. 123 Agile Handling Assist System . 393 AhaTM Menu . 244 AhaTM Radio . 254 Air Conditioning System (Climate Control System) . 199 Changing the Mode . 202 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows . 206 Dust and Pollen

Filter . 475 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode . 204 Sensors. 207 Synchronized Mode . 203 Using Automatic Climate Control . 199 Air Pressure. 463, 529, 531 Airbags. 39 Advanced Airbags . 45 Airbag Care. 53 Driver’s Knee Airbag. 46 Event Data Recorder. 0 Front Airbags (SRS). 42 Indicator. 51, 80 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator . 52 Sensors . 39 Side Airbags . 48 Side Curtain Airbags. 50 AM/FM Radio. 228 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) . 407 Indicator. 79 Armrest . 186 Audio Remote Controls . 214 Audio System. 210 Adjusting the Sound. 226 Auxiliary Input Jack. 212 Error Messages. 250 General Information . 255 Internet Radio . 242 iPhone. 242, 258 iPod . 238 MP3/WMA/AAC. 235, 245 Reactivating . 213 Recommended CDs. 256 Recommended Devices. 258 Remote Controls . 214 Security Code . 213 Shortcuts . 217 Theft Protection . 213 USB Flash Drives. 258 USB Port . 211 Audio/Information Screen . 222 Authorized Manuals . 539 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking . 151 Customize . 132, 270 Auto Idle Stop . 344 OFF

Button . 344 Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green) . 92 Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber). 92 Automatic Brake Hold . 405 Indicator . 72, 405 Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator . 72, 405 Automatic Lighting. 166 Automatic Transmission . 332 Creeping. 332 Kickdown . 332 Operating the Shift Button. 18, 334 Shifting. 333 Auxiliary Input Jack . 212 Average Fuel Economy . 123 Average Speed . 124 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 543 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 B C Car Wash Mode . 336 Carbon Monoxide Gas. 66 Carrying Cargo. 319, 321 CD Player . 235 Center Pocket . 191 Certification Label . 532 Changing Bulbs. 453 Charging System Indicator . 74, 512 Child Safety. 54 Childproof Door Locks . 150 Child Seat . 54 Booster Seats. 65 Child Seat for Infants . 56 Child Seat for Small Children . 57 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt . 61 Larger Children. 64 Rear-facing Child Seat . 56 Selecting a Child Seat. 58 Using a Tether. 63

Childproof Door Locks . 150 Cleaning the Exterior . 478 Cleaning the Interior. 476 Client Service Information . 540 Climate Control System. 199 Changing the Mode . 202 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows. 206 Dust and Pollen Filter. 475 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode . 204 Sensors . 207 Synchronized Mode. 203 Using Automatic Climate Control . 199 Clock. 138 CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM). 409 Coat Hooks . 194 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) . 409 Compact Spare Tire (Optional). 495, 529, 531 Compass . 314 Console Compartment . 190 Controls. 137 Coolant (Engine) . 449 Adding to the Radiator. 450 Adding to the Reserve Tank. 449 Overheating . 510 Creeping (Automatic Transmission) . 332 Index Battery Charging (Battery). 471, 472 Charging System Indicator . 74, 512 Jump Starting . 505 Maintenance (Checking the Battery) . 471 Belts (Seat). 32 Beverage Holders. 192 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System. 394 Bluetooth® Audio. 248 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® . 280

Booster Seats (For Children). 65 Brake System . 401 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) . 407 Automatic Brake Hold. 405 Brake Assist System. 408 Fluid . 452 Foot Brake . 404 Parking Brake. 401 Brake System (Amber) Indicator . 73 Brake System (Red) Indicator . 70, 513 Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) . 172 BSI (Blind Spot Information) System. 394 Bulb Replacement. 453 Back-Up Lights. 458 Brake/Taillights. 457 Brake/Taillights and Rear Side Marker Lights. 457 Fog Lights . 453 Front Side Marker/Parking Lights . 453 Front Turn Signal Lights . 454 Headlights . 453 High-Mount Brake Light . 459 Puddle Lights . 459 Rear License Plate Lights . 459 Rear Turn Signal Lights . 456 Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights . 453 Bulb Specifications . 528, 530 543 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 544 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Creeping (Dual Clutch Transmission). 332 Cross Traffic Monitor. 422 Cruise Control . 350 Indicator . 84 Cup Holders. 192

Customized Features . 126, 259 D Index 544 Daytime Running Lights. 168 Dead Battery . 505 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows. 206 Devices that Emit Radio Waves. 533 Dimming Headlights . 165 Rearview Mirror . 177 Dipstick (Engine Oil) . 444 Directional Signals (Turn Signal). 164 Door Mirrors . 178 Doors . 139 Auto Door Locking . 151 Auto Door Unlocking. 151 Door Open Indicator . 31, 81 Door Open Message . 102 Keys . 139 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside. 13, 148 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside. 142 Lockout Prevention System . 146 DOT Tire Quality Grading . 465 Driver’s Knee Airbag . 46 Driving . 317 Automatic Transmission . 332 Braking . 401 Cruise Control. 350 Dual Clutch Transmission . 332 Shifting Gear. 333, 340 Starting the Engine. 324 Driving Position Memory System . 174 Dual Clutch Transmission. 332 Creeping . 332 Fluid. 451 Kickdown. 332 Operating the Shift Lever. 20, 341 Shift Lever Does Not Move . 509 Shifting . 340 Dust and Pollen Filter. 475

E ECON (Econ mode) Indicator . 88 Elapsed Time. 124 Electric Parking Brake Indicator. 71 Electric Parking Brake System Indicator. 71, 514 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator. 80, 514 Electronic Stability Control (ESC). 391 Emergency . 522 Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) . 535 Engine. 532 Coolant . 449 Jump Starting . 505 Oil . 443 Remote Engine Start . 327 Starting. 324 Engine Coolant . 449 Adding to the Radiator . 450 Adding to the Reserve Tank . 449 Overheating. 510 Temperature Gauge . 117 Engine Oil. 443 Adding . 446 Checking . 444 Displaying Oil Life . 436 Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 70, 512 Recommended Engine Oil . 443 ENGINE START/STOP Button. 161 e-pretensioners . 34 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System . 80 Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide). 66 Expanded View Driver’s Mirror . 179 Exterior Care (Cleaning) . 478 Exterior Mirrors. 178 F FCW (Forward Collision Warning) . 368 Features . 209 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 545 ページ

２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Fuses . 517 Inspecting and Changing . 521 Locations . 517, 518, 519, 520 G Gasoline (Fuel) Economy . 429 Gauge . 117 Information . 426 Instant Fuel Economy. 124 Low Fuel Indicator . 79 Refueling . 426 Gauges . 117 Gear Position Indicator . 75, 334 Gear Shift Lever Positions Dual Clutch Transmission. 340 Gear Shift Positions Automatic Transmission. 333 Glass (care) . 476, 479 Glove Box . 189 H Handling the Unexpected . 481 HandsFreeLink® (HFL) . 280 Auto Answer . 295 Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History . 297 Automatic Transferring . 295 Displaying Messages . 310 HFL Buttons. 280 HFL Menus . 282 HFL Status Display . 281 Limitations for Manual Operation . 281 Making a Call. 301 Options During a Call . 307 Phone Setup. 287 Receiving a Call . 306 Receiving a Text/E-mail Message. 308 Ring Tone. 296 Selecting a Mail Account . 309 Speed Dial. 298 To Create a Security PIN . 294 To Set Up a Text/E-mail

Message Option. 292 Use Contact Photo . 296 Hazard Warning Button . 4 Head Restraints . 182 Headlight Washers . 171 Headlights. 165 Aiming . 453 Automatic Operation. 166 Dimming . 165, 168 Operating. 165 Heated Steering Wheel. 196 Heated Windshield Button . 173 Heaters (Seat) . 197, 198 HFL (HandsFreeLink®). 280 High Beam Indicator . 83 Hill Start Assist System . 330 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver. 277 Index Filters Dust and Pollen. 475 Oil . 447 Flat Tire. 483 Floor Mats . 477 Fluids Automatic Transmission . 451 Brake . 452 Dual Clutch Transmission . 451 Engine Coolant . 449 Windshield Washer . 452 Fog Lights . 168 Foot Brake . 404 Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection . 368 Front Airbags (SRS) . 42 Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation . 197 Front Seats. 180 Adjusting . 180 Front Sensor Camera . 353 Fuel . 21, 426 Economy. 429 Gauge . 117 Instant Fuel Economy . 124 Low Fuel Indicator. 79 Range . 124 Recommendation. 426, 528, 530 Refueling . 426 Fuel Economy .

429 Fuel Fill Door . 21, 427 545 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 546 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 I Index 546 Identification Numbers . 532 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number . 532 IDS (Integrated Dynamics System) . 348 IDS Button . 348 Illumination Control . 172 Immobilizer System . 155 Indicator . 83 Indicators. 70 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF). 89, 355 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) . 79 Auto Idle Stop (Green) . 92 Auto Idle Stop System (Amber) . 92 Automatic Brake Hold. 72, 405 Automatic Brake Hold System. 72, 405 Blind Spot Information (BSI) . 90, 395 Brake System (Amber). 73 Brake System (Red) . 70, 513 Charging System . 74, 512 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) . 93, 94 CRUISE CONTROL. 84, 351 CRUISE MAIN . 84, 350 Door and Trunk Open. 31, 81 ECON (Econ mode) . 88 Electric Parking Brake. 71 Electric Parking Brake System. 71, 514 Electric Power

Steering (EPS) System . 80, 514 Fog Lights . 83 Forward Collision Warning (FCW). 85 Gear Position. 75 High Beam . 83 Immobilizer System . 83 Keyless Access System . 84 Lane Departure Warning (LDW). 86 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS). 89, 385 Lights On . 83 Low Fuel . 79 Low Oil Pressure. 70, 512 Low Tire Pressure/TPMS. 82, 397, 399 Malfunction Indicator Lamp. 74, 513 Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS®) System . 88 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) . 87 Seat Belt Reminder . 33, 78 Security System Alarm . 84 SPORT (Sport mode) . 88 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD®). 91 Supplemental Restraint System. 51, 80 System Message. 82 Transmission . 76, 77 Turn Signal. 83 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System . 81, 391 VSA® OFF . 81, 392 Information . 527 Instant Fuel Economy. 124 Instrument Panel. 69 Brightness Control . 172 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) . 348 IDS Button . 348 Interface Dial. 215 Interior Lights. 187 Interior Rearview Mirror . 177 Internet Radio . 242 iPhone.

242, 258 iPod. 238, 258 J Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) . 498 Jump Starting. 505 K Key Number Tag . 141 Keyless Access System . 142 Keyless Lockout Prevention. 146 Keys. 139 Lockout Prevention . 146 Number Tag. 141 Rear Door Won’t Open . 150 Remote Transmitter . 145 Two-way Keyless Access Remote . 139, 147, 327 Types and Functions. 139 Kickdown (Automatic Transmission) . 332 Kickdown (Dual Clutch Transmission) . 332 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 547 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 L M Maintenance. 431 Battery . 471 Brake Fluid . 452 Cleaning. 476 Climate Control System . 475 Coolant . 449 Maintenance MinderTM . 435 Oil . 444 Precautions. 432 Radiator . 450 Remote Transmitter . 473, 474 Replacing Light Bulbs. 453 Safety . 433 Service Items . 438 Tires . 462 Transmission Fluid . 451 Under the Hood . 440, 441 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 74, 513 Map Lights . 188 Maximum Load Limit . 321 Meters, Gauges . 117 Mirrors. 177 Adjusting. 177 Door.

178 Exterior. 178 Interior Rearview . 177 Modifications (and Accessories) . 430 Moonroof . 160 MP3 . 235, 245 Multi-Information Display . 118 Multi-View Rear Camera. 425 N Numbers (Identification). 532 O Odometer . 123 Oil (Engine). 443, 529, 531 Adding. 446 Checking. 444 Displaying Oil Life. 436 Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 70, 512 Recommended Engine Oil . 443, 529, 531 Viscosity . 443, 529, 531 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM . 216 Opening Trunk . 524 Opening/Closing Hood. 442 Moonroof . 160 Power Windows . 158 Trunk . 152 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel . 161 Index Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . 374 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) . 383 Language (HFL) . 281 LATCH (Child Seats) . 59 LDW (Lane Departure Warning) . 374 Lights . 165, 453 Automatic. 166 Bulb Replacement . 453 Daytime Running Lights . 168 Fog Lights . 168 High Beam Indicator . 83 Interior. 187 Light Switches. 165 Lights On Indicator. 83 Turn Signals . 164 Load Limits . 321 Locking/Unlocking . 139

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking . 151 Childproof Door Locks . 150 From Inside . 148 From Outside . 142 Keys. 139 Using a Key. 146 Lockout Prevention System . 146 Low Battery Charge . 512 Low Fuel Indicator . 79 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength. 141 Low Oil Pressure Indicator. 70, 512 Lower Anchors . 59 Lubricant Specifications Chart . 529, 531 Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) . 321 Lumbar Support. 180 547 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 548 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Outside Temperature . 123 Adjusting. 123 Overheating . 510 P Paddle Shifters (Sequential Mode) . 339 Paddle Shifters (Sequential Shift Mode) . 343 Pandora® . 243 Panic Mode . 157 Parking . 417 Parking Brake. 401 Parking Sensor System. 418 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator . 52 Passing Indicators . 165 Power Windows. 158 Precautions While Driving. 331 Rain. 331 Pregnant Women . 37 Puncture (Tire) . 483 R Index 548 Radiator. 450 Radio (AM/FM). 228 Radio (SiriusXM®).

232 Radio Data System (RDS). 230 Range . 124 RDS (Radio Data System). 230 Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) . 535 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button . 173 Rear Seats . 185 Seat Heaters. 198 Rearview Mirror . 177 Refueling . 426 Fuel Gauge. 117 Gasoline. 426, 528, 530 Low Fuel Indicator . 79 Regulations. 399, 465, 533 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback . 327 Remote Transmitter . 145 Maintenance (Replacing) . 473 Replacement Battery . 473, 474 Bulbs. 453 Fuses. 517, 518, 519, 520 Tires . 468 Wiper Blade Rubber . 460 Reporting Safety Defects . 534 Resetting a Trip Meter . 123 Reverse Tilt Door Mirror . 178 Right Selector Wheel . 119, 120, 126 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) . 378 On and Off. 380 S Safe Driving . 27 Safety Check . 31 Safety Labels . 67 Safety Message . 1 Seat Belts . 32 Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor . 36 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners . 34 Checking . 38 e-pretensioners . 34 Fastening . 35 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt . 61 Pregnant

Women. 37 Reminder . 33, 78 Warning Indicator . 33, 78 Seat Heaters . 197, 198 Seats. 180 Adjusting . 180 Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support . 180 Front Seats. 180 Rear Seats. 185 Seat Heaters . 197, 198 Seat Ventilation . 197 Security System . 155 Immobilizer System Indicator. 83 Security System Alarm Indicator . 84 Select Button. 333 Operation . 334 Select Lever . 20, 340 Operation . 20, 341 Releasing . 509 Won’t Move . 509 Selecting a Child Seat . 58 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 549 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Remote Engine Start . 327 Steering Wheel . 176 Adjusting. 176 Stopping. 417 Summer Tires . 470 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD®) . 396 Indicator . 91 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . 42 Switches (Around the Steering Wheel) . 4, 5, 161 System Message Indicator . 82 T Temperature Gauge . 117 Temperature Sensor . 207 Temporary Tire Repair Kit. 484 Text Message . 308, 310 Time (Setting) . 138 Tire Fill Assist .

397, 515 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . 397 Indicator . 82, 515 Tire Fill Assist . 397, 515 Tires . 462 Air Pressure . 463, 529, 531 Chains . 470 Checking and Maintaining. 462 Flat Tire (Puncture). 483 Inspection. 462 Labeling . 463 Puncture (Flat Tire) . 483, 495 Regulations . 465 Rotation . 469 Spare (Optional) . 495, 529, 531 Summer . 470 Temporary Tire Repair Kit . 484 Wear Indicators . 467 Winter. 470 Tools. 482 Towing a Trailer . 323 Towing Your Vehicle. 323 Emergency . 522 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) . 397 Transmission . 18, 20, 333, 340 Automatic . 18, 332, 333 Dual Clutch . 20, 332, 340 Fluid. 451 Gear Position Indicator . 75, 334 Number. 532 Sequential Mode . 338 Sequential Shift Mode . 342 Shift Lever Position Indicator. 341 TRIP Button. 121, 122 Trip Meter. 123 Index Sequential Mode. 338 Sequential Mode Operation . 339 Sequential Shift Mode. 342 Sequential Shift Mode Operation. 343 Setting the Clock. 138 SH-AWD® (Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM) .

396 SH-AWD® Torque Distribution Monitor. 125 Shift Button. 18, 333 Shift Lever . 20, 340 Shift Lever Position Indicator . 341 Shifting (Transmission) . 18, 20, 333, 340 Shoulder Anchor . 36 Side Airbags . 48 Side Curtain Airbags . 50 SiriusXM® Radio . 232 Snow Tires . 470 Spare Tire (Optional) . 495, 529, 531 Spark Plugs . 528, 530 Specifications . 528 Specified Fuel . 426, 528, 530 SPORT (Sport mode) Indicator . 88 Sport Mode . 348 Sport+ Mode . 348 SRS Airbags (Airbags) . 42 Starting Assist Brake Function . 347 Starting the Engine. 324 Does Not Start . 502 Engine Switch Buzzer. 163 Jump Starting . 505 549 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 550 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 Index Troubleshooting . 481 Blown Fuse . 517, 518, 519, 520 Brake Pedal Vibrates . 24 Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door . 25 Emergency Towing . 522 Engine Won’t Start . 502 Flat Tire/Puncture. 483 Noise When Braking . 25 Overheating. 510 Premium Gasoline. 426, 528,

530 Puncture/Flat Tire. 483, 495 Rear Door Won’t Open . 24, 150 Select Lever Won’t Move . 509 Warning Indicators . 70 Trunk . 152 Lid . 152 Light Bulbs. 528, 530 Main Switch . 154 Open Indicator. 81 Open Message. 102 Unable to Open . 524 Turn Signals. 164 Indicators (Instrument Panel). 83 Turn-by-Turn Directions . 124 Two-way Keyless Access Remote . 139, 147, 327 U Under-Floor Storage Area. 195 Unlocking the Doors. 142 550 Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside . 13, 148 USB Flash Drives . 258 USB Port . 211 Using the Keyless Access System . 142 V Valet Mode . 154 Vanity Mirrors. 7 Vehicle Identification Number . 532 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®). 391 Off Button. 392 Off Indicator. 81, 392 System Indicator. 81, 391 Viscosity (Oil) . 443, 529, 531 VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist). 391 W Wallpaper . 224 Warning and Information Messages. 95 Warning Indicator On/Blinking . 512 Warning Labels. 67 Warranties (Warranty Manual provided separately) . 537 Watts. 528, 530 Wear

Indicators (Tire) . 467 Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) . 498 Window Washers . 169 Adding/Refilling Fluid . 452 Switch . 169 Windows (Opening and Closing) . 158 Windshield Cleaning . 476, 479 Defrosting/Defogging . 206 Heated Windshield Button . 173 Washer Fluid. 452 Wiper Blades. 460 Wipers and Washers . 169 Winter Tires. 470 Snow Tires . 470 Tire Chains. 470 Wipers and Washers . 169 Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades. 460 WMA. 235, 245 Worn Tires . 462 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 551 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分 16 ACURA TLX-31TZ36100.book 552 ページ ２０１５年８月２６日 水曜日 午後１時５４分